diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +Mozilla Public License Version 2.0 +================================== + +1. Definitions +-------------- + +1.1. "Contributor" + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to + the creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used + by a Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached + the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code + Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case + including portions thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + (a) that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described + in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + (b) that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the + terms of a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in + a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, + whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and + all of the rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + means any of the following: + + (a) any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered + Software; or + + (b) any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered + Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the + License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having + made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its + Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU + Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General + Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those + licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that + controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For + purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct + or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, + whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than + fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial + ownership of such entity. + +2. License Grants and Conditions +-------------------------------- + +2.1. Grants + +Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, +non-exclusive license: + +(a) under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + +(b) under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer + for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + +The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution +become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first +distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + +The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under +this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the +distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. +Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a +Contributor: + +(a) for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; + or + +(b) for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + +(c) under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + +This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, +or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with +the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + +No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to +distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this +License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if +permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + +Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its +Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights +to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + +This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under +applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other +equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + +Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted +in Section 2.1. + +3. Responsibilities +------------------- + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + +All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any +Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under +the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source +Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this +License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not +attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code +Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + +If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + +(a) such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code + Form, as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of + the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code + Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more + than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and + +(b) You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter + the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + +You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, +provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for +the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered +Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the +Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this +License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software +under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of +the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered +Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary +License(s). + +3.4. Notices + +You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices +(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, +or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of +the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to +the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + +You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, +indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered +Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on +behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any +such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by +You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any +liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, +indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional +disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any +jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation +--------------------------------------------------- + +If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this +License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to +statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with +the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) +describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must +be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered +Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute +or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a +recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination +-------------- + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically +if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become +compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular +Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such +Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an +ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the +non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have +come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular +Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor +notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the +first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License +from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after +Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent +infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, +counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version +directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to +You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section +2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all +end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which +have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License +prior to termination shall survive termination. + +************************************************************************ +* * +* 6. Disclaimer of Warranty * +* ------------------------- * +* * +* Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" * +* basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or * +* statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the * +* Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a * +* particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the * +* quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. * +* Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You * +* (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, * +* repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an * +* essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is * +* authorized under this License except under this disclaimer. * +* * +************************************************************************ + +************************************************************************ +* * +* 7. Limitation of Liability * +* -------------------------- * +* * +* Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort * +* (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any * +* Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as * +* permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect, * +* special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character * +* including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of * +* goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any * +* and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party * +* shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This * +* limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or * +* personal injury resulting from such party's negligence to the * +* extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some * +* jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of * +* incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and * +* limitation may not apply to You. * +* * +************************************************************************ + +8. Litigation +------------- + +Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the +courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal +place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that +jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. +Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring +cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous +---------------- + +This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject +matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be +unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent +necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides +that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter +shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + +10. Versions of the License +--------------------------- + +10.1. New Versions + +Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section +10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or +publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a +distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + +You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version +of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, +or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license +steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + +If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to +create a new license for such software, you may create and use a +modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove +any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that +such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary +Licenses + +If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With +Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the +notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice +------------------------------------------- + + This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular +file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE +file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look +for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice +--------------------------------------------------------- + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as + defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Amazon Redshift SDK + +> _Warning:_ This is an experimental preview release which is still under heavy development and not intended for public consumption, _caveat emptor_! + +* [description](#description) +* [Contribute](#contribute) +* [Licence](#licence) + +## Description + +Amazon Redshift is a fast, fully managed, petabyte-scale data warehouse service that makes it simple and cost-effective to efficiently analyze all your data using your existing business intelligence tools. You can start small for just $0.25 per hour with no commitments or upfront costs and scale to a petabyte or more for $1,000 per terabyte per year, less than a tenth of most other data warehousing solutions. + +Documentation is available via [Hackage](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-redshift) +and [AWS API Reference](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/APIReference/Welcome.html). + + +## Contribute + +For any problems, comments, or feedback please create an issue [here on GitHub](https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka/issues). + +> _Note:_ this library is an auto-generated Haskell package. Please see `amazonka-gen` for more information. + + +## Licence + +`amazonka-redshift` is released under the [Mozilla Public License Version 2.0](http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/). diff --git a/Setup.hs b/Setup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/Setup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +import Distribution.Simple +main = defaultMain diff --git a/amazonka-redshift.cabal b/amazonka-redshift.cabal new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/amazonka-redshift.cabal @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +name: amazonka-redshift +version: 0.0.0 +synopsis: Amazon Redshift SDK. +homepage: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka +license: OtherLicense +license-file: LICENSE +author: Brendan Hay +maintainer: Brendan Hay +copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +category: Network, AWS, Cloud +build-type: Simple +extra-source-files: README.md +cabal-version: >= 1.10 + +description: + Amazon Redshift is a fast, fully managed, petabyte-scale data warehouse + service that makes it simple and cost-effective to efficiently analyze + all your data using your existing business intelligence tools. You can + start small for just $0.25 per hour with no commitments or upfront + costs and scale to a petabyte or more for $1,000 per terabyte per year, + less than a tenth of most other data warehousing solutions. + . + /See:/ + . + /Warning:/ This is an experimental preview release which is still under + heavy development and not intended for public consumption, caveat emptor! + +source-repository head + type: git + location: git://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka.git + +library + default-language: Haskell2010 + hs-source-dirs: src gen + + ghc-options: -Wall + + exposed-modules: + Network.AWS.Redshift + , Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmClientCertificate + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmConfiguration + , Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmClientCertificates + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmConfigurations + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging + , Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy + , Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging + , Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + , Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + , Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster + , Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + , Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess + , Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey + , Network.AWS.Redshift.Types + + other-modules: + + build-depends: + amazonka-core + , base >= 4.7 && < 5 diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift.hs @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Amazon Redshift is a fast, fully managed, petabyte-scale data warehouse +-- service that makes it simple and cost-effective to efficiently analyze all +-- your data using your existing business intelligence tools. You can start +-- small for just $0.25 per hour with no commitments or upfront costs and +-- scale to a petabyte or more for $1,000 per terabyte per year, less than a +-- tenth of most other data warehousing solutions. +module Network.AWS.Redshift + ( module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmClientCertificate + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmConfiguration + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmClientCertificates + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmConfigurations + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey + , module Network.AWS.Redshift.Types + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmClientCertificate +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmConfiguration +import Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmClientCertificates +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmConfigurations +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging +import Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy +import Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging +import Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod +import Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering +import Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster +import Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess +import Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. +-- Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on +-- the Internet or an EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either +-- a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) IP address range or an EC2 security +-- group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift +-- security group. The EC2 security group must be defined in the AWS region +-- where the cluster resides. For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the +-- Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain Routing. You must also +-- associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on +-- these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the +-- cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working with +-- Security Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + ( + -- * Request + AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request constructor + , authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request lenses + , acsgiCIDRIP + , acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + , acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + + -- * Response + , AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , acsgirClusterSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + { _acsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'acsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' + -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress p1 = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + { _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _acsgiCIDRIP = Nothing + , _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + } + +-- | The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group. +acsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +acsgiCIDRIP = lens _acsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _acsgiCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added. +acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Text +acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group. +acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by +-- the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. Example: 111122223333. +acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +newtype AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _acsgirClusterSecurityGroup :: Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'acsgirClusterSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSecurityGroup' +-- +authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse +authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _acsgirClusterSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +acsgirClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) +acsgirClusterSecurityGroup = + lens _acsgirClusterSecurityGroup + (\s a -> s { _acsgirClusterSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + toQuery AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _acsgiCIDRIP + , "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + ] + +instance ToHeaders AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + +instance AWSRequest AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + type Sv AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = Redshift + type Rs AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + + request = post "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse where + parseXML = withElement "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess.hs @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified +-- snapshot. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon +-- Redshift Snapshots in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + ( + -- * Request + AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + -- ** Request constructor + , authorizeSnapshotAccess + -- ** Request lenses + , asaAccountWithRestoreAccess + , asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , asaSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , asarSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data AuthorizeSnapshotAccess = AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + { _asaAccountWithRestoreAccess :: Text + , _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _asaSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeSnapshotAccess' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'asaAccountWithRestoreAccess' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'asaSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +authorizeSnapshotAccess :: Text -- ^ 'asaSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'asaAccountWithRestoreAccess' + -> AuthorizeSnapshotAccess +authorizeSnapshotAccess p1 p2 = AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + { _asaSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _asaAccountWithRestoreAccess = p2 + , _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the +-- specified snapshot. +asaAccountWithRestoreAccess :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccess Text +asaAccountWithRestoreAccess = + lens _asaAccountWithRestoreAccess + (\s a -> s { _asaAccountWithRestoreAccess = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This +-- parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot +-- resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster +-- name. +asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccess (Maybe Text) +asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = + lens _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore. +asaSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccess Text +asaSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _asaSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _asaSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse = AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + { _asarSnapshot :: Maybe Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'asarSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Snapshot' +-- +authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse :: AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse +authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse = AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + { _asarSnapshot = Nothing + } + +asarSnapshot :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse (Maybe Snapshot) +asarSnapshot = lens _asarSnapshot (\s a -> s { _asarSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath AuthorizeSnapshotAccess where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AuthorizeSnapshotAccess where + toQuery AuthorizeSnapshotAccess{..} = mconcat + [ "AccountWithRestoreAccess" =? _asaAccountWithRestoreAccess + , "SnapshotClusterIdentifier" =? _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _asaSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders AuthorizeSnapshotAccess + +instance AWSRequest AuthorizeSnapshotAccess where + type Sv AuthorizeSnapshotAccess = Redshift + type Rs AuthorizeSnapshotAccess = AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + + request = post "AuthorizeSnapshotAccess" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse where + parseXML = withElement "AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResult" $ \x -> AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse + <$> x .@? "Snapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CopyClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CopyClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CopyClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster +-- snapshot. The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the +-- available state. When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any +-- automated snapshots of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the +-- snapshot expires, Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to +-- keep an automated snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy +-- of the snapshot. Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them. For +-- more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift +-- Snapshots in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + CopyClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , copyClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier + , ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , CopyClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , copyClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccsrSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CopyClusterSnapshot = CopyClusterSnapshot + { _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'CopyClusterSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +copyClusterSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier' + -> CopyClusterSnapshot +copyClusterSnapshot p1 p2 = CopyClusterSnapshot + { _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = p2 + , _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This +-- parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot +-- resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster +-- name. Constraints: Must be the identifier for a valid cluster. +ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = + lens _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the source snapshot. Constraints: Must be the +-- identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is available. +ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot Text +ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier given to the new manual snapshot. Constraints: Cannot be +-- null, empty, or blank. Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for the AWS account that +-- is making the request. +ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot Text +ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype CopyClusterSnapshotResponse = CopyClusterSnapshotResponse + { _ccsrSnapshot :: Maybe Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyClusterSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsrSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Snapshot' +-- +copyClusterSnapshotResponse :: CopyClusterSnapshotResponse +copyClusterSnapshotResponse = CopyClusterSnapshotResponse + { _ccsrSnapshot = Nothing + } + +ccsrSnapshot :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) +ccsrSnapshot = lens _ccsrSnapshot (\s a -> s { _ccsrSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath CopyClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CopyClusterSnapshot where + toQuery CopyClusterSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier" =? _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , "SourceSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier + , "TargetSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders CopyClusterSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest CopyClusterSnapshot where + type Sv CopyClusterSnapshot = Redshift + type Rs CopyClusterSnapshot = CopyClusterSnapshotResponse + + request = post "CopyClusterSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CopyClusterSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CopyClusterSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CopyClusterSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "Snapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new cluster. To create the cluster in virtual private cloud +-- (VPC), you must provide cluster subnet group name. If you don't provide a +-- cluster subnet group name or the cluster security group parameter, Amazon +-- Redshift creates a non-VPC cluster, it associates the default cluster +-- security group with the cluster. For more information about managing +-- clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide . +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster + ( + -- * Request + CreateCluster + -- ** Request constructor + , createCluster + -- ** Request lenses + , ccAllowVersionUpgrade + , ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , ccAvailabilityZone + , ccClusterIdentifier + , ccClusterParameterGroupName + , ccClusterSecurityGroups + , ccClusterSubnetGroupName + , ccClusterType + , ccClusterVersion + , ccDBName + , ccElasticIp + , ccEncrypted + , ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , ccKmsKeyId + , ccMasterUserPassword + , ccMasterUsername + , ccNodeType + , ccNumberOfNodes + , ccPort + , ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , ccPubliclyAccessible + , ccTags + , ccVpcSecurityGroupIds + + -- * Response + , CreateClusterResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createClusterResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateCluster = CreateCluster + { _ccAllowVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _ccAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _ccClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _ccClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ccClusterSecurityGroups :: List "ClusterSecurityGroupName" Text + , _ccClusterSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ccClusterType :: Maybe Text + , _ccClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ccDBName :: Maybe Text + , _ccElasticIp :: Maybe Text + , _ccEncrypted :: Maybe Bool + , _ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ccKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text + , _ccMasterUserPassword :: Text + , _ccMasterUsername :: Text + , _ccNodeType :: Text + , _ccNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + , _ccPort :: Maybe Int + , _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _ccPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _ccTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _ccVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateCluster' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccAllowVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ccAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccClusterParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccClusterSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'ccClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccClusterType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccElasticIp' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccMasterUsername' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccNodeType' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ccPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ccTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'ccVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +createCluster :: Text -- ^ 'ccClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccNodeType' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccMasterUsername' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccMasterUserPassword' + -> CreateCluster +createCluster p1 p2 p3 p4 = CreateCluster + { _ccClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _ccNodeType = p2 + , _ccMasterUsername = p3 + , _ccMasterUserPassword = p4 + , _ccDBName = Nothing + , _ccClusterType = Nothing + , _ccClusterSecurityGroups = mempty + , _ccVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty + , _ccClusterSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _ccAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _ccClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _ccPort = Nothing + , _ccClusterVersion = Nothing + , _ccAllowVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _ccNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _ccPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _ccEncrypted = Nothing + , _ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _ccElasticIp = Nothing + , _ccTags = mempty + , _ccKmsKeyId = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance +-- window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. When +-- a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can +-- request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the +-- maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your +-- cluster. Default: true. +ccAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) +ccAllowVersionUpgrade = + lens _ccAllowVersionUpgrade (\s a -> s { _ccAllowVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is +-- 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are +-- disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with +-- CreateClusterSnapshot. Default: 1 Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to +-- 35. +ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) +ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = + lens _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to +-- provision the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances +-- running in a specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster +-- to be provisioned in the same zone in order to decrease network latency. +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is +-- specified by the endpoint. Example: us-east-1d Constraint: The specified +-- Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current endpoint. +ccAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccAvailabilityZone = + lens _ccAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _ccAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to +-- the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or +-- modifying. The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console. +-- Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or +-- hyphens. Alphabetic characters must be lowercase. First character must be +-- a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. Example: +-- myexamplecluster. +ccClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster Text +ccClusterIdentifier = + lens _ccClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _ccClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. +-- Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For +-- information about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon +-- Redshift Parameter Groups Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ccClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccClusterParameterGroupName = + lens _ccClusterParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ccClusterParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: +-- The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. +ccClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateCluster [Text] +ccClusterSecurityGroups = + lens _ccClusterSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _ccClusterSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster. If +-- this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed +-- outside virtual private cloud (VPC). +ccClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _ccClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ccClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as single-node, +-- the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required. multi-node, the +-- NumberOfNodes parameter is required. Valid Values: multi-node | +-- single-node Default: multi-node. +ccClusterType :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccClusterType = lens _ccClusterType (\s a -> s { _ccClusterType = a }) + +-- | The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to +-- deploy on the cluster. The version selected runs on all the nodes in the +-- cluster. Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available. Example: +-- 1.0. +ccClusterVersion :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccClusterVersion = lens _ccClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _ccClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created. +-- To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to +-- the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. +-- For more information, go to Create a Database in the Amazon Redshift +-- Database Developer Guide. Default: dev Constraints: Must contain 1 to 64 +-- alphanumeric characters. Must contain only lowercase letters. Cannot be a +-- word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words can be +-- found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. +ccDBName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccDBName = lens _ccDBName (\s a -> s { _ccDBName = a }) + +-- | The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster +-- must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an +-- Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in +-- EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster in the Amazon +-- Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +ccElasticIp :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccElasticIp = lens _ccElasticIp (\s a -> s { _ccElasticIp = a }) + +-- | If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest. Default: false. +ccEncrypted :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) +ccEncrypted = lens _ccEncrypted (\s a -> s { _ccEncrypted = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift +-- cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. +ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information +-- the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. +ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that +-- you want to use to encrypt data in the cluster. +ccKmsKeyId :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccKmsKeyId = lens _ccKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _ccKmsKeyId = a }) + +-- | The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that +-- is being created. Constraints: Must be between 8 and 64 characters in +-- length. Must contain at least one uppercase letter. Must contain at least +-- one lowercase letter. Must contain one number. Can be any printable ASCII +-- character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single quote), " (double +-- quote), \, /, @, or space. +ccMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateCluster Text +ccMasterUserPassword = + lens _ccMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _ccMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster +-- that is being created. Constraints: Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric +-- characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word. +-- A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon +-- Redshift Database Developer Guide. +ccMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateCluster Text +ccMasterUsername = lens _ccMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _ccMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about +-- node types, go to Working with Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. Valid Values: dw1.xlarge | dw1.8xlarge | dw2.large | +-- dw2.8xlarge. +ccNodeType :: Lens' CreateCluster Text +ccNodeType = lens _ccNodeType (\s a -> s { _ccNodeType = a }) + +-- | The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required +-- when the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node. For +-- information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working with +-- Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you don't +-- specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a +-- multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that you want in +-- the cluster. Default: 1 Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more +-- than 100. +ccNumberOfNodes :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) +ccNumberOfNodes = lens _ccNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _ccNumberOfNodes = a }) + +-- | The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections. The +-- cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part +-- of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will +-- listen for incoming connections. Default: 5439 Valid Values: 1150-65535. +ccPort :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) +ccPort = lens _ccPort (\s a -> s { _ccPort = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance +-- can occur. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Default: A 30-minute window +-- selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on +-- a random day of the week. For more information about the time blocks for +-- each region, see Maintenance Windows in Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun +-- Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) +ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. +ccPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) +ccPubliclyAccessible = + lens _ccPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _ccPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +ccTags :: Lens' CreateCluster [Tag] +ccTags = lens _ccTags (\s a -> s { _ccTags = a }) . _List + +-- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated +-- with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated +-- with the cluster. +ccVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateCluster [Text] +ccVpcSecurityGroupIds = + lens _ccVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _ccVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) + . _List + +newtype CreateClusterResponse = CreateClusterResponse + { _ccrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +createClusterResponse :: CreateClusterResponse +createClusterResponse = CreateClusterResponse + { _ccrCluster = Nothing + } + +ccrCluster :: Lens' CreateClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) +ccrCluster = lens _ccrCluster (\s a -> s { _ccrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateCluster where + toQuery CreateCluster{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowVersionUpgrade" =? _ccAllowVersionUpgrade + , "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" =? _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _ccAvailabilityZone + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _ccClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterParameterGroupName" =? _ccClusterParameterGroupName + , "ClusterSecurityGroups" =? _ccClusterSecurityGroups + , "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _ccClusterSubnetGroupName + , "ClusterType" =? _ccClusterType + , "ClusterVersion" =? _ccClusterVersion + , "DBName" =? _ccDBName + , "ElasticIp" =? _ccElasticIp + , "Encrypted" =? _ccEncrypted + , "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _ccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _ccHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "KmsKeyId" =? _ccKmsKeyId + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _ccMasterUserPassword + , "MasterUsername" =? _ccMasterUsername + , "NodeType" =? _ccNodeType + , "NumberOfNodes" =? _ccNumberOfNodes + , "Port" =? _ccPort + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _ccPubliclyAccessible + , "Tags" =? _ccTags + , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _ccVpcSecurityGroupIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateCluster + +instance AWSRequest CreateCluster where + type Sv CreateCluster = Redshift + type Rs CreateCluster = CreateClusterResponse + + request = post "CreateCluster" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateClusterResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateClusterResult" $ \x -> CreateClusterResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group. Creating parameter groups is +-- independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a +-- parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an +-- existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by +-- using ModifyCluster. Parameters in the parameter group define specific +-- behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more +-- information about managing parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift +-- Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ccpgDescription + , ccpgParameterGroupFamily + , ccpgParameterGroupName + , ccpgTags + + -- * Response + , CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccpgrClusterParameterGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateClusterParameterGroup = CreateClusterParameterGroup + { _ccpgDescription :: Text + , _ccpgParameterGroupFamily :: Text + , _ccpgParameterGroupName :: Text + , _ccpgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccpgDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccpgParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccpgParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccpgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createClusterParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ccpgParameterGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccpgParameterGroupFamily' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccpgDescription' + -> CreateClusterParameterGroup +createClusterParameterGroup p1 p2 p3 = CreateClusterParameterGroup + { _ccpgParameterGroupName = p1 + , _ccpgParameterGroupFamily = p2 + , _ccpgDescription = p3 + , _ccpgTags = mempty + } + +-- | A description of the parameter group. +ccpgDescription :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup Text +ccpgDescription = lens _ccpgDescription (\s a -> s { _ccpgDescription = a }) + +-- | The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group +-- applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters. To +-- get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call +-- DescribeClusterParameterGroups. By default, Amazon Redshift returns a +-- list of all the parameter groups that are owned by your AWS account, +-- including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine +-- version. The parameter group family names associated with the default +-- parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, a valid +-- family name is "redshift-1.0". +ccpgParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup Text +ccpgParameterGroupFamily = + lens _ccpgParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _ccpgParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter. +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be +-- unique withing your AWS account. This value is stored as a lower-case +-- string. +ccpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup Text +ccpgParameterGroupName = + lens _ccpgParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _ccpgParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +ccpgTags :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup [Tag] +ccpgTags = lens _ccpgTags (\s a -> s { _ccpgTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse = CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _ccpgrClusterParameterGroup :: Maybe ClusterParameterGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccpgrClusterParameterGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterParameterGroup' +-- +createClusterParameterGroupResponse :: CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse +createClusterParameterGroupResponse = CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _ccpgrClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + } + +ccpgrClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterParameterGroup) +ccpgrClusterParameterGroup = + lens _ccpgrClusterParameterGroup + (\s a -> s { _ccpgrClusterParameterGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery CreateClusterParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "Description" =? _ccpgDescription + , "ParameterGroupFamily" =? _ccpgParameterGroupFamily + , "ParameterGroupName" =? _ccpgParameterGroupName + , "Tags" =? _ccpgTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateClusterParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateClusterParameterGroup where + type Sv CreateClusterParameterGroup = Redshift + type Rs CreateClusterParameterGroup = CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateClusterParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateClusterParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterParameterGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSecurityGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSecurityGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to +-- control access to non-VPC clusters. For information about managing security +-- groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups in the Amazon +-- Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateClusterSecurityGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createClusterSecurityGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + , ccsg1Description + , ccsg1Tags + + -- * Response + , CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createClusterSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateClusterSecurityGroup = CreateClusterSecurityGroup + { _ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _ccsg1Description :: Text + , _ccsg1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsg1Description' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createClusterSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccsg1Description' + -> CreateClusterSecurityGroup +createClusterSecurityGroup p1 p2 = CreateClusterSecurityGroup + { _ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _ccsg1Description = p2 + , _ccsg1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a +-- lowercase string. Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. Must not be "Default". Must be unique for all +-- security groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: +-- examplesecuritygroup. +ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroup Text +ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | A description for the security group. +ccsg1Description :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroup Text +ccsg1Description = lens _ccsg1Description (\s a -> s { _ccsg1Description = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +ccsg1Tags :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroup [Tag] +ccsg1Tags = lens _ccsg1Tags (\s a -> s { _ccsg1Tags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse = CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse + { _ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup :: Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSecurityGroup' +-- +createClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse +createClusterSecurityGroupResponse = CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse + { _ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) +ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup = + lens _ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup + (\s a -> s { _ccsgrClusterSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateClusterSecurityGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateClusterSecurityGroup where + toQuery CreateClusterSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _ccsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + , "Description" =? _ccsg1Description + , "Tags" =? _ccsg1Tags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateClusterSecurityGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateClusterSecurityGroup where + type Sv CreateClusterSecurityGroup = Redshift + type Rs CreateClusterSecurityGroup = CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateClusterSecurityGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateClusterSecurityGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in +-- the available state. For more information about working with snapshots, go +-- to Amazon Redshift Snapshots in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management +-- Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + CreateClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , createClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , ccsClusterIdentifier + , ccsSnapshotIdentifier + , ccsTags + + -- * Response + , CreateClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccsr1Snapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateClusterSnapshot = CreateClusterSnapshot + { _ccsClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _ccsSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _ccsTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createClusterSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'ccsSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccsClusterIdentifier' + -> CreateClusterSnapshot +createClusterSnapshot p1 p2 = CreateClusterSnapshot + { _ccsSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _ccsClusterIdentifier = p2 + , _ccsTags = mempty + } + +-- | The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot. +ccsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshot Text +ccsClusterIdentifier = + lens _ccsClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _ccsClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This +-- identifier must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account. +-- Constraints: Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: +-- my-snapshot-id. +ccsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshot Text +ccsSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ccsSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _ccsSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +ccsTags :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshot [Tag] +ccsTags = lens _ccsTags (\s a -> s { _ccsTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateClusterSnapshotResponse = CreateClusterSnapshotResponse + { _ccsr1Snapshot :: Maybe Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsr1Snapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Snapshot' +-- +createClusterSnapshotResponse :: CreateClusterSnapshotResponse +createClusterSnapshotResponse = CreateClusterSnapshotResponse + { _ccsr1Snapshot = Nothing + } + +ccsr1Snapshot :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) +ccsr1Snapshot = lens _ccsr1Snapshot (\s a -> s { _ccsr1Snapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateClusterSnapshot where + toQuery CreateClusterSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _ccsClusterIdentifier + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _ccsSnapshotIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _ccsTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateClusterSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest CreateClusterSnapshot where + type Sv CreateClusterSnapshot = Redshift + type Rs CreateClusterSnapshot = CreateClusterSnapshotResponse + + request = post "CreateClusterSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateClusterSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateClusterSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CreateClusterSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "Snapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one +-- or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) +-- when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group. For information about subnet +-- groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups in the Amazon Redshift +-- Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName + , ccsgDescription + , ccsgSubnetIds + , ccsgTags + + -- * Response + , CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createClusterSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateClusterSubnetGroup = CreateClusterSubnetGroup + { _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Text + , _ccsgDescription :: Text + , _ccsgSubnetIds :: List "SubnetIdentifier" Text + , _ccsgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsgDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ccsgSubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'ccsgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'ccsgDescription' + -> CreateClusterSubnetGroup +createClusterSubnetGroup p1 p2 = CreateClusterSubnetGroup + { _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName = p1 + , _ccsgDescription = p2 + , _ccsgSubnetIds = mempty + , _ccsgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a +-- lowercase string. Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. Must not be "Default". Must be unique for all +-- subnet groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: +-- examplesubnetgroup. +ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup Text +ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | A description for the subnet group. +ccsgDescription :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup Text +ccsgDescription = lens _ccsgDescription (\s a -> s { _ccsgDescription = a }) + +-- | An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a +-- single request. +ccsgSubnetIds :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup [Text] +ccsgSubnetIds = lens _ccsgSubnetIds (\s a -> s { _ccsgSubnetIds = a }) . _List + +-- | A list of tag instances. +ccsgTags :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup [Tag] +ccsgTags = lens _ccsgTags (\s a -> s { _ccsgTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse = CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse + { _ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup :: Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSubnetGroup' +-- +createClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse +createClusterSubnetGroupResponse = CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse + { _ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup = Nothing + } + +ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) +ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup = + lens _ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _ccsgrClusterSubnetGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateClusterSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateClusterSubnetGroup where + toQuery CreateClusterSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName + , "Description" =? _ccsgDescription + , "SubnetIds" =? _ccsgSubnetIds + , "Tags" =? _ccsgTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateClusterSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateClusterSubnetGroup where + type Sv CreateClusterSubnetGroup = Redshift + type Rs CreateClusterSubnetGroup = CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateClusterSubnetGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateClusterSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterSubnetGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action +-- requires an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by +-- either the Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon +-- SNS API. To obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in +-- Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS +-- console. You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift +-- source IDs, event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be +-- sent for all events you want that match those criteria. For example, you +-- can specify source type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, +-- event categories = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The +-- subscription will only send notifications for those ERROR events in the +-- Availability and Backup categories for the specified clusters. If you +-- specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type = cluster +-- and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent for all +-- the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type but do +-- not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events for +-- the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either +-- the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events +-- generated from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. +-- You must specify a source type if you specify a source ID. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + CreateEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , createEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , cesEnabled + , cesEventCategories + , cesSeverity + , cesSnsTopicArn + , cesSourceIds + , cesSourceType + , cesSubscriptionName + , cesTags + + -- * Response + , CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cesrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription + { _cesEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _cesEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _cesSeverity :: Maybe Text + , _cesSnsTopicArn :: Text + , _cesSourceIds :: List "SourceId" Text + , _cesSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _cesSubscriptionName :: Text + , _cesTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cesSeverity' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesSourceIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'cesSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cesSnsTopicArn' + -> CreateEventSubscription +createEventSubscription p1 p2 = CreateEventSubscription + { _cesSubscriptionName = p1 + , _cesSnsTopicArn = p2 + , _cesSourceType = Nothing + , _cesSourceIds = mempty + , _cesEventCategories = mempty + , _cesSeverity = Nothing + , _cesEnabled = Nothing + , _cesTags = mempty + } + +-- | A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false +-- to create the subscription but not active it. +cesEnabled :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\s a -> s { _cesEnabled = a }) + +-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the +-- event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, +-- Monitoring, Security. +cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] +cesEventCategories = + lens _cesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _cesEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event +-- notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO. +cesSeverity :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +cesSeverity = lens _cesSeverity (\s a -> s { _cesSeverity = a }) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit +-- the event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create +-- a topic and subscribe to it. +cesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text +cesSnsTopicArn = lens _cesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _cesSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All +-- of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source +-- type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated +-- by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for +-- all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, +-- my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010. +cesSourceIds :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] +cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\s a -> s { _cesSourceIds = a }) . _List + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set +-- this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are +-- returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must +-- specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: +-- cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and +-- cluster-snapshot. +cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\s a -> s { _cesSourceType = a }) + +-- | The name of the event subscription to be created. Constraints: Cannot be +-- null, empty, or blank. Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. +cesSubscriptionName :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text +cesSubscriptionName = + lens _cesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _cesSubscriptionName = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] +cesTags = lens _cesTags (\s a -> s { _cesTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + { _cesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +createEventSubscriptionResponse :: CreateEventSubscriptionResponse +createEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + { _cesrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +cesrEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +cesrEventSubscription = + lens _cesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _cesrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateEventSubscription where + toQuery CreateEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "Enabled" =? _cesEnabled + , "EventCategories" =? _cesEventCategories + , "Severity" =? _cesSeverity + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _cesSnsTopicArn + , "SourceIds" =? _cesSourceIds + , "SourceType" =? _cesSourceType + , "SubscriptionName" =? _cesSubscriptionName + , "Tags" =? _cesTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest CreateEventSubscription where + type Sv CreateEventSubscription = Redshift + type Rs CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "CreateEventSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateEventSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmClientCertificate.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmClientCertificate.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmClientCertificate.hs @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmClientCertificate +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use +-- to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used +-- to encrypt the cluster databases. The command returns a public key, which +-- you must store in the HSM. In addition to creating the HSM certificate, you +-- must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration that provides a cluster +-- the information needed to store and use encryption keys in the HSM. For +-- more information, go to Hardware Security Modules in the Amazon Redshift +-- Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmClientCertificate + ( + -- * Request + CreateHsmClientCertificate + -- ** Request constructor + , createHsmClientCertificate + -- ** Request lenses + , chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , chccTags + + -- * Response + , CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createHsmClientCertificateResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , chccrHsmClientCertificate + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateHsmClientCertificate = CreateHsmClientCertificate + { _chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Text + , _chccTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateHsmClientCertificate' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chccTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createHsmClientCertificate :: Text -- ^ 'chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' + -> CreateHsmClientCertificate +createHsmClientCertificate p1 = CreateHsmClientCertificate + { _chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = p1 + , _chccTags = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the +-- cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption +-- keys. +chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' CreateHsmClientCertificate Text +chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +chccTags :: Lens' CreateHsmClientCertificate [Tag] +chccTags = lens _chccTags (\s a -> s { _chccTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse = CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse + { _chccrHsmClientCertificate :: Maybe HsmClientCertificate + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'chccrHsmClientCertificate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'HsmClientCertificate' +-- +createHsmClientCertificateResponse :: CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse +createHsmClientCertificateResponse = CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse + { _chccrHsmClientCertificate = Nothing + } + +chccrHsmClientCertificate :: Lens' CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse (Maybe HsmClientCertificate) +chccrHsmClientCertificate = + lens _chccrHsmClientCertificate + (\s a -> s { _chccrHsmClientCertificate = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateHsmClientCertificate where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateHsmClientCertificate where + toQuery CreateHsmClientCertificate{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _chccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _chccTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateHsmClientCertificate + +instance AWSRequest CreateHsmClientCertificate where + type Sv CreateHsmClientCertificate = Redshift + type Rs CreateHsmClientCertificate = CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse + + request = post "CreateHsmClientCertificate" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateHsmClientCertificateResult" $ \x -> CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse + <$> x .@? "HsmClientCertificate" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmConfiguration.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmConfiguration.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHsmConfiguration.hs @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmConfiguration +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an +-- Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a +-- Hardware Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you +-- can specify it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will +-- then store its encryption keys in the HSM. In addition to creating an HSM +-- configuration, you must also create an HSM client certificate. For more +-- information, go to Hardware Security Modules in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHsmConfiguration + ( + -- * Request + CreateHsmConfiguration + -- ** Request constructor + , createHsmConfiguration + -- ** Request lenses + , chcDescription + , chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , chcHsmIpAddress + , chcHsmPartitionName + , chcHsmPartitionPassword + , chcHsmServerPublicCertificate + , chcTags + + -- * Response + , CreateHsmConfigurationResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createHsmConfigurationResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , chcrHsmConfiguration + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateHsmConfiguration = CreateHsmConfiguration + { _chcDescription :: Text + , _chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Text + , _chcHsmIpAddress :: Text + , _chcHsmPartitionName :: Text + , _chcHsmPartitionPassword :: Text + , _chcHsmServerPublicCertificate :: Text + , _chcTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateHsmConfiguration' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'chcDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcHsmIpAddress' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcHsmPartitionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcHsmPartitionPassword' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcHsmServerPublicCertificate' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'chcTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createHsmConfiguration :: Text -- ^ 'chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'chcDescription' + -> Text -- ^ 'chcHsmIpAddress' + -> Text -- ^ 'chcHsmPartitionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'chcHsmPartitionPassword' + -> Text -- ^ 'chcHsmServerPublicCertificate' + -> CreateHsmConfiguration +createHsmConfiguration p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 = CreateHsmConfiguration + { _chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = p1 + , _chcDescription = p2 + , _chcHsmIpAddress = p3 + , _chcHsmPartitionName = p4 + , _chcHsmPartitionPassword = p5 + , _chcHsmServerPublicCertificate = p6 + , _chcTags = mempty + } + +-- | A text description of the HSM configuration to be created. +chcDescription :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcDescription = lens _chcDescription (\s a -> s { _chcDescription = a }) + +-- | The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM +-- configuration. +chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the +-- HSM. +chcHsmIpAddress :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcHsmIpAddress = lens _chcHsmIpAddress (\s a -> s { _chcHsmIpAddress = a }) + +-- | The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters +-- will store their database encryption keys. +chcHsmPartitionName :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcHsmPartitionName = + lens _chcHsmPartitionName (\s a -> s { _chcHsmPartitionName = a }) + +-- | The password required to access the HSM partition. +chcHsmPartitionPassword :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcHsmPartitionPassword = + lens _chcHsmPartitionPassword (\s a -> s { _chcHsmPartitionPassword = a }) + +-- | The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is +-- server.pem. +chcHsmServerPublicCertificate :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration Text +chcHsmServerPublicCertificate = + lens _chcHsmServerPublicCertificate + (\s a -> s { _chcHsmServerPublicCertificate = a }) + +-- | A list of tag instances. +chcTags :: Lens' CreateHsmConfiguration [Tag] +chcTags = lens _chcTags (\s a -> s { _chcTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateHsmConfigurationResponse = CreateHsmConfigurationResponse + { _chcrHsmConfiguration :: Maybe HsmConfiguration + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateHsmConfigurationResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'chcrHsmConfiguration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'HsmConfiguration' +-- +createHsmConfigurationResponse :: CreateHsmConfigurationResponse +createHsmConfigurationResponse = CreateHsmConfigurationResponse + { _chcrHsmConfiguration = Nothing + } + +chcrHsmConfiguration :: Lens' CreateHsmConfigurationResponse (Maybe HsmConfiguration) +chcrHsmConfiguration = + lens _chcrHsmConfiguration (\s a -> s { _chcrHsmConfiguration = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateHsmConfiguration where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateHsmConfiguration where + toQuery CreateHsmConfiguration{..} = mconcat + [ "Description" =? _chcDescription + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _chcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "HsmIpAddress" =? _chcHsmIpAddress + , "HsmPartitionName" =? _chcHsmPartitionName + , "HsmPartitionPassword" =? _chcHsmPartitionPassword + , "HsmServerPublicCertificate" =? _chcHsmServerPublicCertificate + , "Tags" =? _chcTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateHsmConfiguration + +instance AWSRequest CreateHsmConfiguration where + type Sv CreateHsmConfiguration = Redshift + type Rs CreateHsmConfiguration = CreateHsmConfigurationResponse + + request = post "CreateHsmConfiguration" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateHsmConfigurationResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateHsmConfigurationResult" $ \x -> CreateHsmConfigurationResponse + <$> x .@? "HsmConfiguration" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateTags.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateTags.hs @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Adds one or more tags to a specified resource. A resource can have up to 10 +-- tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags for a resource, you will +-- receive an error and the attempt will fail. If you specify a key that +-- already exists for the resource, the value for that key will be updated +-- with the new value. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags + ( + -- * Request + CreateTags + -- ** Request constructor + , createTags + -- ** Request lenses + , ctResourceName + , ctTags + + -- * Response + , CreateTagsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createTagsResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateTags = CreateTags + { _ctResourceName :: Text + , _ctTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateTags' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ctResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ctTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createTags :: Text -- ^ 'ctResourceName' + -> CreateTags +createTags p1 = CreateTags + { _ctResourceName = p1 + , _ctTags = mempty + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. +-- For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. +ctResourceName :: Lens' CreateTags Text +ctResourceName = lens _ctResourceName (\s a -> s { _ctResourceName = a }) + +-- | One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. +-- Each tag name is passed in with the parameter tag-key and the +-- corresponding value is passed in with the parameter tag-value. The +-- tag-key and tag-value parameters are separated by a colon (:). Separate +-- multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags +-- "tag-key"="owner":"tag-value"="admin" +-- "tag-key"="environment":"tag-value"="test" +-- "tag-key"="version":"tag-value"="1.0". +ctTags :: Lens' CreateTags [Tag] +ctTags = lens _ctTags (\s a -> s { _ctTags = a }) . _List + +data CreateTagsResponse = CreateTagsResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'CreateTagsResponse' constructor. +createTagsResponse :: CreateTagsResponse +createTagsResponse = CreateTagsResponse + +instance ToPath CreateTags where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateTags where + toQuery CreateTags{..} = mconcat + [ "ResourceName" =? _ctResourceName + , "Tags" =? _ctTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateTags + +instance AWSRequest CreateTags where + type Sv CreateTags = Redshift + type Rs CreateTags = CreateTagsResponse + + request = post "CreateTags" + response = nullResponse CreateTagsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the +-- web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use +-- DescribeClusters to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete +-- operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more +-- information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in the +-- Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide . If you want to shut down the +-- cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot to false +-- and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later +-- restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster +-- snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" +-- while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon +-- Redshift begins deleting the cluster. For more information about managing +-- clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide . +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster + ( + -- * Request + DeleteCluster + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteCluster + -- ** Request lenses + , dc1ClusterIdentifier + , dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot + + -- * Response + , DeleteClusterResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteClusterResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DeleteCluster = DeleteCluster + { _dc1ClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteCluster' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dc1ClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +deleteCluster :: Text -- ^ 'dc1ClusterIdentifier' + -> DeleteCluster +deleteCluster p1 = DeleteCluster + { _dc1ClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The identifier of the cluster to be deleted. Constraints: Must contain +-- lowercase characters. Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. +dc1ClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteCluster Text +dc1ClusterIdentifier = + lens _dc1ClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dc1ClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately +-- before deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, +-- SkipFinalClusterSnapshot must be false. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot end +-- with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteCluster (Maybe Text) +dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before +-- Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is +-- not created. If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the +-- cluster is deleted. The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be +-- specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot is false. Default: false. +dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteCluster (Maybe Bool) +dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot = + lens _dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot + (\s a -> s { _dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot = a }) + +newtype DeleteClusterResponse = DeleteClusterResponse + { _dcrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +deleteClusterResponse :: DeleteClusterResponse +deleteClusterResponse = DeleteClusterResponse + { _dcrCluster = Nothing + } + +dcrCluster :: Lens' DeleteClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) +dcrCluster = lens _dcrCluster (\s a -> s { _dcrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath DeleteCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteCluster where + toQuery DeleteCluster{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dc1ClusterIdentifier + , "FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =? _dc1FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , "SkipFinalClusterSnapshot" =? _dc1SkipFinalClusterSnapshot + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteCluster + +instance AWSRequest DeleteCluster where + type Sv DeleteCluster = Redshift + type Rs DeleteCluster = DeleteClusterResponse + + request = post "DeleteCluster" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DeleteClusterResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DeleteClusterResult" $ \x -> DeleteClusterResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. You cannot delete a +-- parameter group if it is associated with a cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , dcpg1ParameterGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteClusterParameterGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteClusterParameterGroup = DeleteClusterParameterGroup + { _dcpg1ParameterGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcpg1ParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteClusterParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dcpg1ParameterGroupName' + -> DeleteClusterParameterGroup +deleteClusterParameterGroup p1 = DeleteClusterParameterGroup + { _dcpg1ParameterGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the parameter group to be deleted. Constraints: Must be the +-- name of an existing cluster parameter group. Cannot delete a default +-- cluster parameter group. +dcpg1ParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteClusterParameterGroup Text +dcpg1ParameterGroupName = + lens _dcpg1ParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _dcpg1ParameterGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse = DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse +deleteClusterParameterGroupResponse = DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery DeleteClusterParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ParameterGroupName" =? _dcpg1ParameterGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteClusterParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteClusterParameterGroup where + type Sv DeleteClusterParameterGroup = Redshift + type Rs DeleteClusterParameterGroup = DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteClusterParameterGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group. You cannot delete a security +-- group that is associated with any clusters. You cannot delete the default +-- security group. For information about managing security groups, go to +-- Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteClusterSecurityGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteClusterSecurityGroup = DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + { _dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteClusterSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName' + -> DeleteClusterSecurityGroup +deleteClusterSecurityGroup p1 = DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + { _dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the cluster security group to be deleted. +dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DeleteClusterSecurityGroup Text +dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse +deleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteClusterSecurityGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteClusterSecurityGroup where + toQuery DeleteClusterSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _dcsg1ClusterSecurityGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteClusterSecurityGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteClusterSecurityGroup where + type Sv DeleteClusterSecurityGroup = Redshift + type Rs DeleteClusterSecurityGroup = DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteClusterSecurityGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the +-- available state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot. +-- Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you +-- delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots. +-- You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If +-- other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all +-- of the authorizations before you can delete the snapshot. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + DeleteClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , dcsSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcsrSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DeleteClusterSnapshot = DeleteClusterSnapshot + { _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteClusterSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'dcsSnapshotIdentifier' + -> DeleteClusterSnapshot +deleteClusterSnapshot p1 = DeleteClusterSnapshot + { _dcsSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This +-- parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot +-- resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster +-- name. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster. +dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = + lens _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted. Constraints: +-- Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available state. +dcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshot Text +dcsSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _dcsSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dcsSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse = DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse + { _dcsrSnapshot :: Maybe Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsrSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Snapshot' +-- +deleteClusterSnapshotResponse :: DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse +deleteClusterSnapshotResponse = DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse + { _dcsrSnapshot = Nothing + } + +dcsrSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) +dcsrSnapshot = lens _dcsrSnapshot (\s a -> s { _dcsrSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath DeleteClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteClusterSnapshot where + toQuery DeleteClusterSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "SnapshotClusterIdentifier" =? _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _dcsSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteClusterSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest DeleteClusterSnapshot where + type Sv DeleteClusterSnapshot = Redshift + type Rs DeleteClusterSnapshot = DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse + + request = post "DeleteClusterSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DeleteClusterSnapshotResult" $ \x -> DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "Snapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes the specified cluster subnet group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteClusterSubnetGroup = DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + { _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' + -> DeleteClusterSubnetGroup +deleteClusterSubnetGroup p1 = DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + { _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted. +dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DeleteClusterSubnetGroup Text +dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse +deleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteClusterSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteClusterSubnetGroup where + toQuery DeleteClusterSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteClusterSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteClusterSubnetGroup where + type Sv DeleteClusterSubnetGroup = Redshift + type Rs DeleteClusterSubnetGroup = DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteClusterSubnetGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + DeleteEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , desSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteEventSubscriptionResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription + { _desSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'desSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'desSubscriptionName' + -> DeleteEventSubscription +deleteEventSubscription p1 = DeleteEventSubscription + { _desSubscriptionName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be +-- deleted. +desSubscriptionName :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscription Text +desSubscriptionName = + lens _desSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _desSubscriptionName = a }) + +data DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteEventSubscription where + toQuery DeleteEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "SubscriptionName" =? _desSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest DeleteEventSubscription where + type Sv DeleteEventSubscription = Redshift + type Rs DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "DeleteEventSubscription" + response = nullResponse DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmClientCertificate.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmClientCertificate.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmClientCertificate.hs @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes the specified HSM client certificate. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate + ( + -- * Request + DeleteHsmClientCertificate + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteHsmClientCertificate + -- ** Request lenses + , dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteHsmClientCertificateResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteHsmClientCertificate = DeleteHsmClientCertificate + { _dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteHsmClientCertificate' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteHsmClientCertificate :: Text -- ^ 'dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier' + -> DeleteHsmClientCertificate +deleteHsmClientCertificate p1 = DeleteHsmClientCertificate + { _dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted. +dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteHsmClientCertificate Text +dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +data DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse = DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse' constructor. +deleteHsmClientCertificateResponse :: DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse +deleteHsmClientCertificateResponse = DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteHsmClientCertificate where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteHsmClientCertificate where + toQuery DeleteHsmClientCertificate{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _dhcc1HsmClientCertificateIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteHsmClientCertificate + +instance AWSRequest DeleteHsmClientCertificate where + type Sv DeleteHsmClientCertificate = Redshift + type Rs DeleteHsmClientCertificate = DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse + + request = post "DeleteHsmClientCertificate" + response = nullResponse DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmConfiguration.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmConfiguration.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHsmConfiguration.hs @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration + ( + -- * Request + DeleteHsmConfiguration + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteHsmConfiguration + -- ** Request lenses + , dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteHsmConfigurationResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteHsmConfiguration = DeleteHsmConfiguration + { _dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteHsmConfiguration' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteHsmConfiguration :: Text -- ^ 'dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' + -> DeleteHsmConfiguration +deleteHsmConfiguration p1 = DeleteHsmConfiguration + { _dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted. +dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteHsmConfiguration Text +dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +data DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse = DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse' constructor. +deleteHsmConfigurationResponse :: DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse +deleteHsmConfigurationResponse = DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteHsmConfiguration where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteHsmConfiguration where + toQuery DeleteHsmConfiguration{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _dhcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteHsmConfiguration + +instance AWSRequest DeleteHsmConfiguration where + type Sv DeleteHsmConfiguration = Redshift + type Rs DeleteHsmConfiguration = DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse + + request = post "DeleteHsmConfiguration" + response = nullResponse DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteTags.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteTags.hs @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the +-- resource from which you want to delete the tag or tags. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags + ( + -- * Request + DeleteTags + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteTags + -- ** Request lenses + , dt1ResourceName + , dt1TagKeys + + -- * Response + , DeleteTagsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteTagsResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DeleteTags = DeleteTags + { _dt1ResourceName :: Text + , _dt1TagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteTags' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dt1ResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dt1TagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +deleteTags :: Text -- ^ 'dt1ResourceName' + -> DeleteTags +deleteTags p1 = DeleteTags + { _dt1ResourceName = p1 + , _dt1TagKeys = mempty + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or +-- tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. +dt1ResourceName :: Lens' DeleteTags Text +dt1ResourceName = lens _dt1ResourceName (\s a -> s { _dt1ResourceName = a }) + +-- | The tag key that you want to delete. +dt1TagKeys :: Lens' DeleteTags [Text] +dt1TagKeys = lens _dt1TagKeys (\s a -> s { _dt1TagKeys = a }) . _List + +data DeleteTagsResponse = DeleteTagsResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteTagsResponse' constructor. +deleteTagsResponse :: DeleteTagsResponse +deleteTagsResponse = DeleteTagsResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteTags where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteTags where + toQuery DeleteTags{..} = mconcat + [ "ResourceName" =? _dt1ResourceName + , "TagKeys" =? _dt1TagKeys + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteTags + +instance AWSRequest DeleteTags where + type Sv DeleteTags = Redshift + type Rs DeleteTags = DeleteTagsResponse + + request = post "DeleteTags" + response = nullResponse DeleteTagsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameterGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameterGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter +-- groups you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter +-- group, the response includes the parameter group name, description, and +-- parameter group family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve +-- the description of a specific parameter group. For more information about +-- managing parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups in the +-- Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you specify both tag keys and +-- tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter +-- groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For +-- example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test +-- for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those +-- values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the +-- request, parameter groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag +-- keys or values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterParameterGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterParameterGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , dcpgMarker + , dcpgMaxRecords + , dcpgParameterGroupName + , dcpgTagKeys + , dcpgTagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcpgrMarker + , dcpgrParameterGroups + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterParameterGroups = DescribeClusterParameterGroups + { _dcpgMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcpgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcpgParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dcpgTagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dcpgTagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcpgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcpgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcpgParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcpgTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dcpgTagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeClusterParameterGroups :: DescribeClusterParameterGroups +describeClusterParameterGroups = DescribeClusterParameterGroups + { _dcpgParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dcpgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcpgMarker = Nothing + , _dcpgTagKeys = mempty + , _dcpgTagValues = mempty + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dcpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +dcpgMarker = lens _dcpgMarker (\s a -> s { _dcpgMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Int) +dcpgMaxRecords = lens _dcpgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcpgMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By +-- default, details about all parameter groups and the default parameter +-- group are returned. +dcpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +dcpgParameterGroupName = + lens _dcpgParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _dcpgParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- parameter groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys +-- called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in +-- the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups +-- that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. +dcpgTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups [Text] +dcpgTagKeys = lens _dcpgTagKeys (\s a -> s { _dcpgTagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or +-- values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are +-- tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these +-- tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the +-- parameter groups that have either or both of these tag values associated +-- with them. +dcpgTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups [Text] +dcpgTagValues = lens _dcpgTagValues (\s a -> s { _dcpgTagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + { _dcpgrMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcpgrParameterGroups :: List "ClusterParameterGroup" ClusterParameterGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcpgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcpgrParameterGroups' @::@ ['ClusterParameterGroup'] +-- +describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse :: DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse +describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + { _dcpgrMarker = Nothing + , _dcpgrParameterGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcpgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +dcpgrMarker = lens _dcpgrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcpgrMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one +-- cluster parameter group. +dcpgrParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse [ClusterParameterGroup] +dcpgrParameterGroups = + lens _dcpgrParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _dcpgrParameterGroups = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterParameterGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterParameterGroups where + toQuery DescribeClusterParameterGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _dcpgMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcpgMaxRecords + , "ParameterGroupName" =? _dcpgParameterGroupName + , "TagKeys" =? _dcpgTagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dcpgTagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterParameterGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterParameterGroups where + type Sv DescribeClusterParameterGroups = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterParameterGroups = DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterParameterGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "ParameterGroups" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterParameterGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcpgMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcpgMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcpgrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon +-- Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes +-- information such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether +-- the parameter value is modifiable, and so on. You can specify source filter +-- to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve +-- parameters that were modified by a user action such as from +-- ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user. For more +-- information about managing parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift +-- Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterParameters + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterParameters + -- ** Request lenses + , dcp1Marker + , dcp1MaxRecords + , dcp1ParameterGroupName + , dcp1Source + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterParametersResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterParametersResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcprMarker + , dcprParameters + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterParameters = DescribeClusterParameters + { _dcp1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _dcp1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcp1ParameterGroupName :: Text + , _dcp1Source :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterParameters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcp1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcp1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcp1ParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcp1Source' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeClusterParameters :: Text -- ^ 'dcp1ParameterGroupName' + -> DescribeClusterParameters +describeClusterParameters p1 = DescribeClusterParameters + { _dcp1ParameterGroupName = p1 + , _dcp1Source = Nothing + , _dcp1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcp1Marker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dcp1Marker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +dcp1Marker = lens _dcp1Marker (\s a -> s { _dcp1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcp1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Int) +dcp1MaxRecords = lens _dcp1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcp1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details. +dcp1ParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters Text +dcp1ParameterGroupName = + lens _dcp1ParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _dcp1ParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are +-- different form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show +-- parameters that are the same as the default parameter group. Default: All +-- parameter types returned. Valid Values: user | engine-default. +dcp1Source :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +dcp1Source = lens _dcp1Source (\s a -> s { _dcp1Source = a }) + +data DescribeClusterParametersResponse = DescribeClusterParametersResponse + { _dcprMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcprParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterParametersResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcprMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcprParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +describeClusterParametersResponse :: DescribeClusterParametersResponse +describeClusterParametersResponse = DescribeClusterParametersResponse + { _dcprParameters = mempty + , _dcprMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcprMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParametersResponse (Maybe Text) +dcprMarker = lens _dcprMarker (\s a -> s { _dcprMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one +-- cluster parameter group. +dcprParameters :: Lens' DescribeClusterParametersResponse [Parameter] +dcprParameters = lens _dcprParameters (\s a -> s { _dcprParameters = a }) . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterParameters where + toQuery DescribeClusterParameters{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _dcp1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcp1MaxRecords + , "ParameterGroupName" =? _dcp1ParameterGroupName + , "Source" =? _dcp1Source + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterParameters + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterParameters where + type Sv DescribeClusterParameters = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterParameters = DescribeClusterParametersResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterParameters" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterParametersResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterParametersResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "Parameters" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterParameters where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcp1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcp1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcprMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of a +-- security group is specified, the response will contain only information +-- about only that security group. For information about managing security +-- groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups in the Amazon +-- Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you specify both tag keys and tag +-- values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups +-- that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, +-- if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag +-- values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are +-- returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, +-- security groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or +-- values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterSecurityGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName + , dcsgMarker + , dcsgMaxRecords + , dcsgTagKeys + , dcsgTagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups + , dcsgr1Marker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterSecurityGroups = DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + { _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dcsgMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcsgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcsgTagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dcsgTagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSecurityGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcsgTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dcsgTagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeClusterSecurityGroups :: DescribeClusterSecurityGroups +describeClusterSecurityGroups = DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + { _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _dcsgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcsgMarker = Nothing + , _dcsgTagKeys = mempty + , _dcsgTagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting +-- details. You can specify either the Marker parameter or a +-- ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter, but not both. Example: +-- securitygroup1. +dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. Constraints: You can specify either +-- the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not +-- both. +dcsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +dcsgMarker = lens _dcsgMarker (\s a -> s { _dcsgMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) +dcsgMaxRecords = lens _dcsgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcsgMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- security groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with keys +-- called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in +-- the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups +-- that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. +dcsgTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups [Text] +dcsgTagKeys = lens _dcsgTagKeys (\s a -> s { _dcsgTagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or +-- values. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are +-- tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these +-- tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the +-- security groups that have either or both of these tag values associated +-- with them. +dcsgTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups [Text] +dcsgTagValues = lens _dcsgTagValues (\s a -> s { _dcsgTagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + { _dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups :: List "ClusterSecurityGroup" ClusterSecurityGroup + , _dcsgr1Marker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups' @::@ ['ClusterSecurityGroup'] +-- +-- * 'dcsgr1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse :: DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse +describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + { _dcsgr1Marker = Nothing + , _dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances. +dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse [ClusterSecurityGroup] +dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups = + lens _dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups + (\s a -> s { _dcsgr1ClusterSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcsgr1Marker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +dcsgr1Marker = lens _dcsgr1Marker (\s a -> s { _dcsgr1Marker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterSecurityGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterSecurityGroups where + toQuery DescribeClusterSecurityGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName + , "Marker" =? _dcsgMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcsgMaxRecords + , "TagKeys" =? _dcsgTagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dcsgTagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterSecurityGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterSecurityGroups where + type Sv DescribeClusterSecurityGroups = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterSecurityGroups = DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterSecurityGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse + <$> x .@ "ClusterSecurityGroups" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterSecurityGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcsgMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcsgMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcsgr1Marker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSnapshots.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSnapshots.hs @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your +-- cluster snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all +-- snapshots of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No +-- information is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer +-- accounts. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, +-- Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the +-- specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment +-- for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have +-- any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own +-- are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the +-- tag key and tag value request parameters. If both tag keys and values are +-- omitted from the request, snapshots are returned regardless of whether they +-- have tag keys or values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterSnapshots + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterSnapshots + -- ** Request lenses + , dcs1ClusterIdentifier + , dcs1EndTime + , dcs1Marker + , dcs1MaxRecords + , dcs1OwnerAccount + , dcs1SnapshotIdentifier + , dcs1SnapshotType + , dcs1StartTime + , dcs1TagKeys + , dcs1TagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterSnapshotsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcsrMarker + , dcsrSnapshots + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterSnapshots = DescribeClusterSnapshots + { _dcs1ClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dcs1EndTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dcs1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _dcs1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcs1OwnerAccount :: Maybe Text + , _dcs1SnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dcs1SnapshotType :: Maybe Text + , _dcs1StartTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dcs1TagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dcs1TagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcs1ClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcs1EndTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dcs1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcs1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcs1OwnerAccount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcs1SnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcs1SnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcs1StartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dcs1TagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dcs1TagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeClusterSnapshots :: DescribeClusterSnapshots +describeClusterSnapshots = DescribeClusterSnapshots + { _dcs1ClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcs1SnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcs1SnapshotType = Nothing + , _dcs1StartTime = Nothing + , _dcs1EndTime = Nothing + , _dcs1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcs1Marker = Nothing + , _dcs1OwnerAccount = Nothing + , _dcs1TagKeys = mempty + , _dcs1TagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is +-- requested. +dcs1ClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +dcs1ClusterIdentifier = + lens _dcs1ClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dcs1ClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the +-- specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more +-- information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. Example: +-- 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z. +dcs1EndTime :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe UTCTime) +dcs1EndTime = lens _dcs1EndTime (\s a -> s { _dcs1EndTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dcs1Marker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +dcs1Marker = lens _dcs1Marker (\s a -> s { _dcs1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcs1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Int) +dcs1MaxRecords = lens _dcs1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcs1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this +-- field to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. +-- To describe snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, +-- or do not specify the parameter. +dcs1OwnerAccount :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +dcs1OwnerAccount = lens _dcs1OwnerAccount (\s a -> s { _dcs1OwnerAccount = a }) + +-- | The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return +-- information. +dcs1SnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +dcs1SnapshotIdentifier = + lens _dcs1SnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dcs1SnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By +-- default, snapshots of all types are returned. Valid Values: automated | +-- manual. +dcs1SnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +dcs1SnapshotType = lens _dcs1SnapshotType (\s a -> s { _dcs1SnapshotType = a }) + +-- | A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified +-- time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more +-- information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. Example: +-- 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z. +dcs1StartTime :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe UTCTime) +dcs1StartTime = lens _dcs1StartTime (\s a -> s { _dcs1StartTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- snapshots that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called +-- owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the +-- request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have +-- either or both of these tag keys associated with them. +dcs1TagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots [Text] +dcs1TagKeys = lens _dcs1TagKeys (\s a -> s { _dcs1TagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For +-- example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values +-- called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the +-- request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have +-- either or both of these tag values associated with them. +dcs1TagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots [Text] +dcs1TagValues = lens _dcs1TagValues (\s a -> s { _dcs1TagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse = DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse + { _dcsrMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcsrSnapshots :: List "Snapshot" Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsrSnapshots' @::@ ['Snapshot'] +-- +describeClusterSnapshotsResponse :: DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse +describeClusterSnapshotsResponse = DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse + { _dcsrMarker = Nothing + , _dcsrSnapshots = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcsrMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) +dcsrMarker = lens _dcsrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcsrMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of Snapshot instances. +dcsrSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse [Snapshot] +dcsrSnapshots = lens _dcsrSnapshots (\s a -> s { _dcsrSnapshots = a }) . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterSnapshots where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterSnapshots where + toQuery DescribeClusterSnapshots{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dcs1ClusterIdentifier + , "EndTime" =? _dcs1EndTime + , "Marker" =? _dcs1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcs1MaxRecords + , "OwnerAccount" =? _dcs1OwnerAccount + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _dcs1SnapshotIdentifier + , "SnapshotType" =? _dcs1SnapshotType + , "StartTime" =? _dcs1StartTime + , "TagKeys" =? _dcs1TagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dcs1TagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterSnapshots + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterSnapshots where + type Sv DescribeClusterSnapshots = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterSnapshots = DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterSnapshots" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterSnapshotsResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "Snapshots" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterSnapshots where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcs1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcs1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcsrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata +-- about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns +-- information about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS +-- account. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, +-- Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the +-- specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment +-- for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that +-- have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and +-- values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are returned regardless +-- of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterSubnetGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + , dcsg1Marker + , dcsg1MaxRecords + , dcsg1TagKeys + , dcsg1TagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups + , dcsgrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterSubnetGroups = DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + { _dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dcsg1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _dcsg1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcsg1TagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dcsg1TagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsg1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcsg1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcsg1TagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dcsg1TagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeClusterSubnetGroups :: DescribeClusterSubnetGroups +describeClusterSubnetGroups = DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + { _dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _dcsg1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcsg1Marker = Nothing + , _dcsg1TagKeys = mempty + , _dcsg1TagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested. +dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dcsg1Marker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +dcsg1Marker = lens _dcsg1Marker (\s a -> s { _dcsg1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcsg1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) +dcsg1MaxRecords = lens _dcsg1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcsg1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- subnet groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys +-- called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in +-- the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups +-- that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. +dcsg1TagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups [Text] +dcsg1TagKeys = lens _dcsg1TagKeys (\s a -> s { _dcsg1TagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster +-- subnet groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. +-- For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with +-- values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in +-- the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups +-- that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. +dcsg1TagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups [Text] +dcsg1TagValues = lens _dcsg1TagValues (\s a -> s { _dcsg1TagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + { _dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups :: List "ClusterSubnetGroup" ClusterSubnetGroup + , _dcsgrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups' @::@ ['ClusterSubnetGroup'] +-- +-- * 'dcsgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse :: DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse +describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + { _dcsgrMarker = Nothing + , _dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances. +dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse [ClusterSubnetGroup] +dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups = + lens _dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups + (\s a -> s { _dcsgrClusterSubnetGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcsgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +dcsgrMarker = lens _dcsgrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcsgrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterSubnetGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterSubnetGroups where + toQuery DescribeClusterSubnetGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _dcsg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + , "Marker" =? _dcsg1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcsg1MaxRecords + , "TagKeys" =? _dcsg1TagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dcsg1TagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterSubnetGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterSubnetGroups where + type Sv DescribeClusterSubnetGroups = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterSubnetGroups = DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterSubnetGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse + <$> x .@ "ClusterSubnetGroups" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterSubnetGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcsg1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcsg1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcsgrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterVersions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterVersions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterVersions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You +-- can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more +-- about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing +-- clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusterVersions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusterVersions + -- ** Request lenses + , dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily + , dcvClusterVersion + , dcvMarker + , dcvMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeClusterVersionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClusterVersionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcvrClusterVersions + , dcvrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusterVersions = DescribeClusterVersions + { _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _dcvClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dcvMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcvMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterVersions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcvClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcvMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcvMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeClusterVersions :: DescribeClusterVersions +describeClusterVersions = DescribeClusterVersions + { _dcvClusterVersion = Nothing + , _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dcvMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcvMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details +-- for. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First +-- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens. +dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) +dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily = + lens _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The specific cluster version to return. Example: 1.0. +dcvClusterVersion :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) +dcvClusterVersion = + lens _dcvClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _dcvClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dcvMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) +dcvMarker = lens _dcvMarker (\s a -> s { _dcvMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcvMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Int) +dcvMaxRecords = lens _dcvMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcvMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeClusterVersionsResponse = DescribeClusterVersionsResponse + { _dcvrClusterVersions :: List "ClusterVersion" ClusterVersion + , _dcvrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusterVersionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcvrClusterVersions' @::@ ['ClusterVersion'] +-- +-- * 'dcvrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeClusterVersionsResponse :: DescribeClusterVersionsResponse +describeClusterVersionsResponse = DescribeClusterVersionsResponse + { _dcvrMarker = Nothing + , _dcvrClusterVersions = mempty + } + +-- | A list of Version elements. +dcvrClusterVersions :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersionsResponse [ClusterVersion] +dcvrClusterVersions = + lens _dcvrClusterVersions (\s a -> s { _dcvrClusterVersions = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcvrMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dcvrMarker = lens _dcvrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcvrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeClusterVersions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusterVersions where + toQuery DescribeClusterVersions{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterParameterGroupFamily" =? _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily + , "ClusterVersion" =? _dcvClusterVersion + , "Marker" =? _dcvMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcvMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusterVersions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusterVersions where + type Sv DescribeClusterVersions = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusterVersions = DescribeClusterVersionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusterVersions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClusterVersionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClusterVersionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeClusterVersionsResponse + <$> x .@ "ClusterVersions" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusterVersions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcvMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcvMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcvrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster +-- properties, cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, +-- and security and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For +-- more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in +-- the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide . If you specify both tag keys +-- and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters +-- that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, +-- if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag +-- values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are +-- returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, +-- clusters are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values +-- associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters + ( + -- * Request + DescribeClusters + -- ** Request constructor + , describeClusters + -- ** Request lenses + , dcClusterIdentifier + , dcMarker + , dcMaxRecords + , dcTagKeys + , dcTagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeClustersResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeClustersResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dcrClusters + , dcrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeClusters = DescribeClusters + { _dcClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dcMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dcTagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dcTagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClusters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dcTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dcTagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeClusters :: DescribeClusters +describeClusters = DescribeClusters + { _dcClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcMarker = Nothing + , _dcTagKeys = mempty + , _dcTagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. +-- This parameter is case sensitive. The default is that all clusters +-- defined for an account are returned. +dcClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Text) +dcClusterIdentifier = + lens _dcClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dcClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request +-- exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the +-- Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response +-- records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter +-- and retrying the request. Constraints: You can specify either the +-- ClusterIdentifier parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both. +dcMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Text) +dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\s a -> s { _dcMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Int) +dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that +-- are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that +-- you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment. +-- If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift +-- returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these +-- tag keys associated with them. +dcTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusters [Text] +dcTagKeys = lens _dcTagKeys (\s a -> s { _dcTagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters +-- that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, +-- suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin +-- and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon +-- Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of +-- these tag values associated with them. +dcTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusters [Text] +dcTagValues = lens _dcTagValues (\s a -> s { _dcTagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeClustersResponse = DescribeClustersResponse + { _dcrClusters :: List "Cluster" Cluster + , _dcrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeClustersResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcrClusters' @::@ ['Cluster'] +-- +-- * 'dcrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeClustersResponse :: DescribeClustersResponse +describeClustersResponse = DescribeClustersResponse + { _dcrMarker = Nothing + , _dcrClusters = mempty + } + +-- | A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster. +dcrClusters :: Lens' DescribeClustersResponse [Cluster] +dcrClusters = lens _dcrClusters (\s a -> s { _dcrClusters = a }) . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcrMarker :: Lens' DescribeClustersResponse (Maybe Text) +dcrMarker = lens _dcrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeClusters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeClusters where + toQuery DescribeClusters{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dcClusterIdentifier + , "Marker" =? _dcMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dcMaxRecords + , "TagKeys" =? _dcTagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dcTagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeClusters + +instance AWSRequest DescribeClusters where + type Sv DescribeClusters = Redshift + type Rs DescribeClusters = DescribeClustersResponse + + request = post "DescribeClusters" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeClustersResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeClustersResult" $ \x -> DescribeClustersResponse + <$> x .@ "Clusters" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeClusters where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dcMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dcMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dcrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group +-- family. For more information about managing parameter groups, go to Amazon +-- Redshift Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDefaultClusterParameters + -- ** Request lenses + , ddcpMarker + , ddcpMaxRecords + , ddcpParameterGroupFamily + + -- * Response + , DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddcprDefaultClusterParameters + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDefaultClusterParameters = DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + { _ddcpMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddcpMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _ddcpParameterGroupFamily :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDefaultClusterParameters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddcpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddcpMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ddcpParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- +describeDefaultClusterParameters :: Text -- ^ 'ddcpParameterGroupFamily' + -> DescribeDefaultClusterParameters +describeDefaultClusterParameters p1 = DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + { _ddcpParameterGroupFamily = p1 + , _ddcpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcpMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a +-- DescribeDefaultClusterParameters request exceed the value specified in +-- MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You +-- can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request. +ddcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +ddcpMarker = lens _ddcpMarker (\s a -> s { _ddcpMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Int) +ddcpMaxRecords = lens _ddcpMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddcpMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group family. +ddcpParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParameters Text +ddcpParameterGroupFamily = + lens _ddcpParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _ddcpParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +newtype DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse = DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + { _ddcprDefaultClusterParameters :: DefaultClusterParameters + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddcprDefaultClusterParameters' @::@ 'DefaultClusterParameters' +-- +describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse :: DefaultClusterParameters -- ^ 'ddcprDefaultClusterParameters' + -> DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse +describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse p1 = DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + { _ddcprDefaultClusterParameters = p1 + } + +ddcprDefaultClusterParameters :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse DefaultClusterParameters +ddcprDefaultClusterParameters = + lens _ddcprDefaultClusterParameters + (\s a -> s { _ddcprDefaultClusterParameters = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDefaultClusterParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDefaultClusterParameters where + toQuery DescribeDefaultClusterParameters{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _ddcpMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddcpMaxRecords + , "ParameterGroupFamily" =? _ddcpParameterGroupFamily + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDefaultClusterParameters + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDefaultClusterParameters where + type Sv DescribeDefaultClusterParameters = Redshift + type Rs DescribeDefaultClusterParameters = DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + + request = post "DescribeDefaultClusterParameters" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse + <$> x .@ "DefaultClusterParameters" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDefaultClusterParameters where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddcpMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddcpMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddcprDefaultClusterParameters . dcpMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventCategories.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventCategories.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventCategories.hs @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a +-- specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, +-- go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEventCategories + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEventCategories + -- ** Request lenses + , decSourceType + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventCategoriesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , decrEventCategoriesMapList + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories + { _decSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'DescribeEventCategories' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'decSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories +describeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories + { _decSourceType = Nothing + } + +-- | The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the +-- described event categories apply. Valid values: cluster, snapshot, +-- parameter group, and security group. +decSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories (Maybe Text) +decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\s a -> s { _decSourceType = a }) + +newtype DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + { _decrEventCategoriesMapList :: List "EventCategoriesMap" EventCategoriesMap + } deriving (Eq, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) + +instance GHC.Exts.IsList DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where + type Item DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = EventCategoriesMap + + fromList = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList + toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _decrEventCategoriesMapList + +-- | 'DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'decrEventCategoriesMapList' @::@ ['EventCategoriesMap'] +-- +describeEventCategoriesResponse :: DescribeEventCategoriesResponse +describeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = mempty + } + +-- | A list of event categories descriptions. +decrEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] +decrEventCategoriesMapList = + lens _decrEventCategoriesMapList + (\s a -> s { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeEventCategories where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEventCategories where + toQuery DescribeEventCategories{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceType" =? _decSourceType + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventCategories + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventCategories where + type Sv DescribeEventCategories = Redshift + type Rs DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + + request = post "DescribeEventCategories" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventCategoriesResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + <$> x .@ "EventCategoriesMapList" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notifications +-- subscription for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, +-- lists the description for that subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEventSubscriptions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEventSubscriptions + -- ** Request lenses + , des1Marker + , des1MaxRecords + , des1SubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventSubscriptionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , desrEventSubscriptionsList + , desrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions + { _des1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _des1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _des1SubscriptionName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'des1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'des1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'des1SubscriptionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions +describeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions + { _des1SubscriptionName = Nothing + , _des1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _des1Marker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +des1Marker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +des1Marker = lens _des1Marker (\s a -> s { _des1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +des1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) +des1MaxRecords = lens _des1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _des1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be +-- described. +des1SubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +des1SubscriptionName = + lens _des1SubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _des1SubscriptionName = a }) + +data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + { _desrEventSubscriptionsList :: List "EventSubscription" EventSubscription + , _desrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'desrEventSubscriptionsList' @::@ ['EventSubscription'] +-- +-- * 'desrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse :: DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + { _desrMarker = Nothing + , _desrEventSubscriptionsList = mempty + } + +-- | A list of event subscriptions. +desrEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] +desrEventSubscriptionsList = + lens _desrEventSubscriptionsList + (\s a -> s { _desrEventSubscriptionsList = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +desrMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +desrMarker = lens _desrMarker (\s a -> s { _desrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeEventSubscriptions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions where + toQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _des1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _des1MaxRecords + , "SubscriptionName" =? _des1SubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventSubscriptions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventSubscriptions where + type Sv DescribeEventSubscriptions = Redshift + type Rs DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeEventSubscriptions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventSubscriptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + <$> x .@ "EventSubscriptionsList" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeEventSubscriptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. des1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & des1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. desrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEvents.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEvents.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEvents.hs @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and +-- parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular +-- cluster, security group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by +-- providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are +-- returned. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEvents + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEvents + -- ** Request lenses + , deDuration + , deEndTime + , deMarker + , deMaxRecords + , deSourceIdentifier + , deSourceType + , deStartTime + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , derEvents + , derMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents + { _deDuration :: Maybe Int + , _deEndTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _deMarker :: Maybe Text + , _deMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _deSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _deSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _deStartTime :: Maybe RFC822 + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEvents' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'deDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'deEndTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'deMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'deSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +describeEvents :: DescribeEvents +describeEvents = DescribeEvents + { _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _deSourceType = Nothing + , _deStartTime = Nothing + , _deEndTime = Nothing + , _deDuration = Nothing + , _deMaxRecords = Nothing + , _deMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to +-- retrieve events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you +-- specify a duration of 60, then only events which have occurred after +-- 17:00 will be returned. Default: 60. +deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deDuration = lens _deDuration (\s a -> s { _deDuration = a }) + +-- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 +-- Wikipedia page. Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z. +deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\s a -> s { _deEndTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed +-- the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker +-- field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records +-- by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and +-- retrying the request. +deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deMarker = lens _deMarker (\s a -> s { _deMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _deMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If +-- this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the +-- response. Constraints: If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must +-- also be provided. Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is +-- cluster. Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is +-- cluster-security-group. Specify a cluster parameter group name when +-- SourceType is cluster-parameter-group. Specify a cluster snapshot +-- identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot. +deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deSourceIdentifier = + lens _deSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _deSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all +-- events are returned. Constraints: If SourceType is supplied, +-- SourceIdentifier must also be provided. Specify cluster when +-- SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier. Specify cluster-security-group +-- when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security group name. Specify +-- cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter +-- group name. Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster +-- snapshot identifier. +deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\s a -> s { _deSourceType = a }) + +-- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 +-- Wikipedia page. Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z. +deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\s a -> s { _deStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse + { _derEvents :: List "Event" Event + , _derMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'derEvents' @::@ ['Event'] +-- +-- * 'derMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventsResponse :: DescribeEventsResponse +describeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse + { _derMarker = Nothing + , _derEvents = mempty + } + +-- | A list of Event instances. +derEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] +derEvents = lens _derEvents (\s a -> s { _derEvents = a }) . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +derMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) +derMarker = lens _derMarker (\s a -> s { _derMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeEvents where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEvents where + toQuery DescribeEvents{..} = mconcat + [ "Duration" =? _deDuration + , "EndTime" =? _deEndTime + , "Marker" =? _deMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _deMaxRecords + , "SourceIdentifier" =? _deSourceIdentifier + , "SourceType" =? _deSourceType + , "StartTime" =? _deStartTime + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEvents + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEvents where + type Sv DescribeEvents = Redshift + type Rs DescribeEvents = DescribeEventsResponse + + request = post "DescribeEvents" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventsResponse + <$> x .@ "Events" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeEvents where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. deMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & deMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. derMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmClientCertificates.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmClientCertificates.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmClientCertificates.hs @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmClientCertificates +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no +-- certificate ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM +-- certificates owned by your AWS customer account. If you specify both tag +-- keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM +-- client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and +-- values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and +-- admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any +-- combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are +-- omitted from the request, HSM client certificates are returned regardless +-- of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmClientCertificates + ( + -- * Request + DescribeHsmClientCertificates + -- ** Request constructor + , describeHsmClientCertificates + -- ** Request lenses + , dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , dhccMarker + , dhccMaxRecords + , dhccTagKeys + , dhccTagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dhccrHsmClientCertificates + , dhccrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeHsmClientCertificates = DescribeHsmClientCertificates + { _dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dhccMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dhccMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dhccTagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dhccTagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeHsmClientCertificates' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dhccMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dhccMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dhccTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dhccTagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeHsmClientCertificates :: DescribeHsmClientCertificates +describeHsmClientCertificates = DescribeHsmClientCertificates + { _dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _dhccMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dhccMarker = Nothing + , _dhccTagKeys = mempty + , _dhccTagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want +-- information. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for +-- all HSM client certificates owned by your AWS customer account. +dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificates (Maybe Text) +dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dhccMarker :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificates (Maybe Text) +dhccMarker = lens _dhccMarker (\s a -> s { _dhccMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dhccMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificates (Maybe Int) +dhccMaxRecords = lens _dhccMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dhccMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client +-- certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged +-- with keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag +-- keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM +-- client certificates that have either or both of these tag keys associated +-- with them. +dhccTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificates [Text] +dhccTagKeys = lens _dhccTagKeys (\s a -> s { _dhccTagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM +-- client certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or +-- values. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that +-- are tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of +-- these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with +-- the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag values +-- associated with them. +dhccTagValues :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificates [Text] +dhccTagValues = lens _dhccTagValues (\s a -> s { _dhccTagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse = DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + { _dhccrHsmClientCertificates :: List "HsmClientCertificate" HsmClientCertificate + , _dhccrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhccrHsmClientCertificates' @::@ ['HsmClientCertificate'] +-- +-- * 'dhccrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse :: DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse +describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse = DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + { _dhccrMarker = Nothing + , _dhccrHsmClientCertificates = mempty + } + +-- | A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by +-- Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys +-- in an HSM. +dhccrHsmClientCertificates :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse [HsmClientCertificate] +dhccrHsmClientCertificates = + lens _dhccrHsmClientCertificates + (\s a -> s { _dhccrHsmClientCertificates = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dhccrMarker :: Lens' DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse (Maybe Text) +dhccrMarker = lens _dhccrMarker (\s a -> s { _dhccrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeHsmClientCertificates where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeHsmClientCertificates where + toQuery DescribeHsmClientCertificates{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _dhccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "Marker" =? _dhccMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dhccMaxRecords + , "TagKeys" =? _dhccTagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dhccTagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeHsmClientCertificates + +instance AWSRequest DescribeHsmClientCertificates where + type Sv DescribeHsmClientCertificates = Redshift + type Rs DescribeHsmClientCertificates = DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + + request = post "DescribeHsmClientCertificates" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResult" $ \x -> DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse + <$> x .@ "HsmClientCertificates" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeHsmClientCertificates where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dhccMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dhccMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dhccrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmConfigurations.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmConfigurations.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHsmConfigurations.hs @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmConfigurations +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. +-- If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM +-- configurations owned by your AWS customer account. If you specify both tag +-- keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM +-- connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. +-- For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and +-- test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those +-- values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the +-- request, HSM connections are returned regardless of whether they have tag +-- keys or values associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHsmConfigurations + ( + -- * Request + DescribeHsmConfigurations + -- ** Request constructor + , describeHsmConfigurations + -- ** Request lenses + , dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier + , dhc1Marker + , dhc1MaxRecords + , dhc1TagKeys + , dhc1TagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeHsmConfigurationsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dhcrHsmConfigurations + , dhcrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeHsmConfigurations = DescribeHsmConfigurations + { _dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dhc1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _dhc1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dhc1TagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dhc1TagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeHsmConfigurations' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dhc1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dhc1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dhc1TagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dhc1TagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeHsmConfigurations :: DescribeHsmConfigurations +describeHsmConfigurations = DescribeHsmConfigurations + { _dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _dhc1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _dhc1Marker = Nothing + , _dhc1TagKeys = mempty + , _dhc1TagValues = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be +-- described. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all +-- HSM configurations owned by your AWS customer account. +dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurations (Maybe Text) +dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +dhc1Marker :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurations (Maybe Text) +dhc1Marker = lens _dhc1Marker (\s a -> s { _dhc1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dhc1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurations (Maybe Int) +dhc1MaxRecords = lens _dhc1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dhc1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM +-- configurations that are associated with the specified key or keys. For +-- example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with +-- keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys +-- in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM +-- configurations that have either or both of these tag keys associated with +-- them. +dhc1TagKeys :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurations [Text] +dhc1TagKeys = lens _dhc1TagKeys (\s a -> s { _dhc1TagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM +-- configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or +-- values. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are +-- tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these +-- tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the +-- HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag values +-- associated with them. +dhc1TagValues :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurations [Text] +dhc1TagValues = lens _dhc1TagValues (\s a -> s { _dhc1TagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse = DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse + { _dhcrHsmConfigurations :: List "HsmConfiguration" HsmConfiguration + , _dhcrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dhcrHsmConfigurations' @::@ ['HsmConfiguration'] +-- +-- * 'dhcrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeHsmConfigurationsResponse :: DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse +describeHsmConfigurationsResponse = DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse + { _dhcrMarker = Nothing + , _dhcrHsmConfigurations = mempty + } + +-- | A list of Amazon Redshift HSM configurations. +dhcrHsmConfigurations :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse [HsmConfiguration] +dhcrHsmConfigurations = + lens _dhcrHsmConfigurations (\s a -> s { _dhcrHsmConfigurations = a }) + . _List + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dhcrMarker :: Lens' DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse (Maybe Text) +dhcrMarker = lens _dhcrMarker (\s a -> s { _dhcrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeHsmConfigurations where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeHsmConfigurations where + toQuery DescribeHsmConfigurations{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _dhc1HsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "Marker" =? _dhc1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dhc1MaxRecords + , "TagKeys" =? _dhc1TagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dhc1TagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeHsmConfigurations + +instance AWSRequest DescribeHsmConfigurations where + type Sv DescribeHsmConfigurations = Redshift + type Rs DescribeHsmConfigurations = DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse + + request = post "DescribeHsmConfigurations" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeHsmConfigurationsResult" $ \x -> DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse + <$> x .@ "HsmConfigurations" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeHsmConfigurations where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dhc1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dhc1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dhcrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeLoggingStatus.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeLoggingStatus.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeLoggingStatus.hs @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is +-- being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus + ( + -- * Request + DescribeLoggingStatus + -- ** Request constructor + , describeLoggingStatus + -- ** Request lenses + , dlsClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DescribeLoggingStatusResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeLoggingStatusResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dlsrBucketName + , dlsrLastFailureMessage + , dlsrLastFailureTime + , dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + , dlsrLoggingEnabled + , dlsrS3KeyPrefix + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DescribeLoggingStatus = DescribeLoggingStatus + { _dlsClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DescribeLoggingStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dlsClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +describeLoggingStatus :: Text -- ^ 'dlsClusterIdentifier' + -> DescribeLoggingStatus +describeLoggingStatus p1 = DescribeLoggingStatus + { _dlsClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The identifier of the cluster to get the logging status from. Example: +-- examplecluster. +dlsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatus Text +dlsClusterIdentifier = + lens _dlsClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dlsClusterIdentifier = a }) + +data DescribeLoggingStatusResponse = DescribeLoggingStatusResponse + { _dlsrBucketName :: Maybe Text + , _dlsrLastFailureMessage :: Maybe Text + , _dlsrLastFailureTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dlsrLoggingEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _dlsrS3KeyPrefix :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeLoggingStatusResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dlsrBucketName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dlsrLastFailureMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dlsrLastFailureTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dlsrLoggingEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dlsrS3KeyPrefix' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeLoggingStatusResponse :: DescribeLoggingStatusResponse +describeLoggingStatusResponse = DescribeLoggingStatusResponse + { _dlsrLoggingEnabled = Nothing + , _dlsrBucketName = Nothing + , _dlsrS3KeyPrefix = Nothing + , _dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = Nothing + , _dlsrLastFailureTime = Nothing + , _dlsrLastFailureMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored. +dlsrBucketName :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe Text) +dlsrBucketName = lens _dlsrBucketName (\s a -> s { _dlsrBucketName = a }) + +-- | The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered. +dlsrLastFailureMessage :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe Text) +dlsrLastFailureMessage = + lens _dlsrLastFailureMessage (\s a -> s { _dlsrLastFailureMessage = a }) + +-- | The last time when logs failed to be delivered. +dlsrLastFailureTime :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +dlsrLastFailureTime = + lens _dlsrLastFailureTime (\s a -> s { _dlsrLastFailureTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The last time when logs were delivered. +dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = + lens _dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + (\s a -> s { _dlsrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | true if logging is on, false if logging is off. +dlsrLoggingEnabled :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe Bool) +dlsrLoggingEnabled = + lens _dlsrLoggingEnabled (\s a -> s { _dlsrLoggingEnabled = a }) + +-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. +dlsrS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatusResponse (Maybe Text) +dlsrS3KeyPrefix = lens _dlsrS3KeyPrefix (\s a -> s { _dlsrS3KeyPrefix = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeLoggingStatus where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeLoggingStatus where + toQuery DescribeLoggingStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dlsClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeLoggingStatus + +instance AWSRequest DescribeLoggingStatus where + type Sv DescribeLoggingStatus = Redshift + type Rs DescribeLoggingStatus = DescribeLoggingStatusResponse + + request = post "DescribeLoggingStatus" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeLoggingStatusResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeLoggingStatusResult" $ \x -> DescribeLoggingStatusResponse + <$> x .@? "BucketName" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureMessage" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureTime" + <*> x .@? "LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime" + <*> x .@? "LoggingEnabled" + <*> x .@? "S3KeyPrefix" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new +-- cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such +-- as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can +-- specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by +-- available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might +-- want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify +-- values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing +-- clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeOrderableClusterOptions + -- ** Request lenses + , docoClusterVersion + , docoMarker + , docoMaxRecords + , docoNodeType + + -- * Response + , DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , docorMarker + , docorOrderableClusterOptions + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeOrderableClusterOptions = DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + { _docoClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _docoMarker :: Maybe Text + , _docoMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _docoNodeType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOrderableClusterOptions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'docoClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'docoMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'docoMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'docoNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeOrderableClusterOptions :: DescribeOrderableClusterOptions +describeOrderableClusterOptions = DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + { _docoClusterVersion = Nothing + , _docoNodeType = Nothing + , _docoMaxRecords = Nothing + , _docoMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified version. Default: All +-- versions. Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from +-- DescribeClusterVersions. +docoClusterVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Text) +docoClusterVersion = + lens _docoClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _docoClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a +-- DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request exceed the value specified in +-- MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You +-- can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request. +docoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Text) +docoMarker = lens _docoMarker (\s a -> s { _docoMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +docoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Int) +docoMaxRecords = lens _docoMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _docoMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified node type. +docoNodeType :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Text) +docoNodeType = lens _docoNodeType (\s a -> s { _docoNodeType = a }) + +data DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + { _docorMarker :: Maybe Text + , _docorOrderableClusterOptions :: List "OrderableClusterOption" OrderableClusterOption + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'docorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'docorOrderableClusterOptions' @::@ ['OrderableClusterOption'] +-- +describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse :: DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse +describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + { _docorOrderableClusterOptions = mempty + , _docorMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +docorMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +docorMarker = lens _docorMarker (\s a -> s { _docorMarker = a }) + +-- | An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about +-- orderable options for the Cluster. +docorOrderableClusterOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse [OrderableClusterOption] +docorOrderableClusterOptions = + lens _docorOrderableClusterOptions + (\s a -> s { _docorOrderableClusterOptions = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeOrderableClusterOptions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeOrderableClusterOptions where + toQuery DescribeOrderableClusterOptions{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterVersion" =? _docoClusterVersion + , "Marker" =? _docoMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _docoMaxRecords + , "NodeType" =? _docoNodeType + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeOrderableClusterOptions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeOrderableClusterOptions where + type Sv DescribeOrderableClusterOptions = Redshift + type Rs DescribeOrderableClusterOptions = DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeOrderableClusterOptions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "OrderableClusterOptions" + +instance AWSPager DescribeOrderableClusterOptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. docoMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & docoMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. docorMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings.hs @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift +-- with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring +-- costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. +-- These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want +-- to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to +-- PurchaseReservedNodeOffering to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon +-- Redshift cluster. For more information about managing parameter groups, go +-- to Purchasing Reserved Nodes in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management +-- Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + ( + -- * Request + DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + -- ** Request constructor + , describeReservedNodeOfferings + -- ** Request lenses + , drnoMarker + , drnoMaxRecords + , drnoReservedNodeOfferingId + + -- * Response + , DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , drnorMarker + , drnorReservedNodeOfferings + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeReservedNodeOfferings = DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + { _drnoMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drnoMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drnoMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drnoMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'drnoReservedNodeOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeReservedNodeOfferings :: DescribeReservedNodeOfferings +describeReservedNodeOfferings = DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + { _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId = Nothing + , _drnoMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drnoMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings +-- request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in +-- the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of +-- response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker +-- parameter and retrying the request. +drnoMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Text) +drnoMarker = lens _drnoMarker (\s a -> s { _drnoMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +drnoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Int) +drnoMaxRecords = lens _drnoMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drnoMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The unique identifier for the offering. +drnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Text) +drnoReservedNodeOfferingId = + lens _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId = a }) + +data DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + { _drnorMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drnorReservedNodeOfferings :: List "ReservedNodeOffering" ReservedNodeOffering + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drnorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drnorReservedNodeOfferings' @::@ ['ReservedNodeOffering'] +-- +describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse :: DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse +describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + { _drnorMarker = Nothing + , _drnorReservedNodeOfferings = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +drnorMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) +drnorMarker = lens _drnorMarker (\s a -> s { _drnorMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of reserved node offerings. +drnorReservedNodeOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse [ReservedNodeOffering] +drnorReservedNodeOfferings = + lens _drnorReservedNodeOfferings + (\s a -> s { _drnorReservedNodeOfferings = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeReservedNodeOfferings where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedNodeOfferings where + toQuery DescribeReservedNodeOfferings{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _drnoMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _drnoMaxRecords + , "ReservedNodeOfferingId" =? _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedNodeOfferings + +instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedNodeOfferings where + type Sv DescribeReservedNodeOfferings = Redshift + type Rs DescribeReservedNodeOfferings = DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + + request = post "DescribeReservedNodeOfferings" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "ReservedNodeOfferings" + +instance AWSPager DescribeReservedNodeOfferings where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. drnoMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drnoMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. drnorMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodes.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodes.hs @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes + ( + -- * Request + DescribeReservedNodes + -- ** Request constructor + , describeReservedNodes + -- ** Request lenses + , drnMarker + , drnMaxRecords + , drnReservedNodeId + + -- * Response + , DescribeReservedNodesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeReservedNodesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , drnrMarker + , drnrReservedNodes + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeReservedNodes = DescribeReservedNodes + { _drnMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drnMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _drnReservedNodeId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedNodes' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drnMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drnMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'drnReservedNodeId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeReservedNodes :: DescribeReservedNodes +describeReservedNodes = DescribeReservedNodes + { _drnReservedNodeId = Nothing + , _drnMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drnMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set +-- of response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request +-- exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the +-- Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response +-- records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter +-- and retrying the request. +drnMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Text) +drnMarker = lens _drnMarker (\s a -> s { _drnMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +drnMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Int) +drnMaxRecords = lens _drnMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drnMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | Identifier for the node reservation. +drnReservedNodeId :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Text) +drnReservedNodeId = + lens _drnReservedNodeId (\s a -> s { _drnReservedNodeId = a }) + +data DescribeReservedNodesResponse = DescribeReservedNodesResponse + { _drnrMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drnrReservedNodes :: List "ReservedNode" ReservedNode + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedNodesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drnrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drnrReservedNodes' @::@ ['ReservedNode'] +-- +describeReservedNodesResponse :: DescribeReservedNodesResponse +describeReservedNodesResponse = DescribeReservedNodesResponse + { _drnrMarker = Nothing + , _drnrReservedNodes = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +drnrMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodesResponse (Maybe Text) +drnrMarker = lens _drnrMarker (\s a -> s { _drnrMarker = a }) + +-- | The list of reserved nodes. +drnrReservedNodes :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodesResponse [ReservedNode] +drnrReservedNodes = + lens _drnrReservedNodes (\s a -> s { _drnrReservedNodes = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeReservedNodes where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedNodes where + toQuery DescribeReservedNodes{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _drnMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _drnMaxRecords + , "ReservedNodeId" =? _drnReservedNodeId + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedNodes + +instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedNodes where + type Sv DescribeReservedNodes = Redshift + type Rs DescribeReservedNodes = DescribeReservedNodesResponse + + request = post "DescribeReservedNodes" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeReservedNodesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedNodesResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedNodesResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "ReservedNodes" + +instance AWSPager DescribeReservedNodes where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. drnMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drnMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. drnrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeResize.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeResize.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeResize.hs @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified +-- cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified +-- cluster, a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated +-- and completed, the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next +-- resize. A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and +-- specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize + ( + -- * Request + DescribeResize + -- ** Request constructor + , describeResize + -- ** Request lenses + , drClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DescribeResizeResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeResizeResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + , drrElapsedTimeInSeconds + , drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds + , drrImportTablesCompleted + , drrImportTablesInProgress + , drrImportTablesNotStarted + , drrProgressInMegaBytes + , drrStatus + , drrTargetClusterType + , drrTargetNodeType + , drrTargetNumberOfNodes + , drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DescribeResize = DescribeResize + { _drClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DescribeResize' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +describeResize :: Text -- ^ 'drClusterIdentifier' + -> DescribeResize +describeResize p1 = DescribeResize + { _drClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are +-- requesting. This parameter is case-sensitive. By default, resize +-- operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account are returned. +drClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeResize Text +drClusterIdentifier = + lens _drClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _drClusterIdentifier = a }) + +data DescribeResizeResponse = DescribeResizeResponse + { _drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Maybe Double + , _drrElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Maybe Integer + , _drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds :: Maybe Integer + , _drrImportTablesCompleted :: List "ImportTablesCompleted" Text + , _drrImportTablesInProgress :: List "ImportTablesInProgress" Text + , _drrImportTablesNotStarted :: List "ImportTablesNotStarted" Text + , _drrProgressInMegaBytes :: Maybe Integer + , _drrStatus :: Maybe Text + , _drrTargetClusterType :: Maybe Text + , _drrTargetNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _drrTargetNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + , _drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes :: Maybe Integer + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeResizeResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'drrElapsedTimeInSeconds' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'drrImportTablesCompleted' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'drrImportTablesInProgress' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'drrImportTablesNotStarted' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'drrProgressInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'drrStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drrTargetClusterType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drrTargetNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drrTargetNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +describeResizeResponse :: DescribeResizeResponse +describeResizeResponse = DescribeResizeResponse + { _drrTargetNodeType = Nothing + , _drrTargetNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _drrTargetClusterType = Nothing + , _drrStatus = Nothing + , _drrImportTablesCompleted = mempty + , _drrImportTablesInProgress = mempty + , _drrImportTablesNotStarted = mempty + , _drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = Nothing + , _drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _drrProgressInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _drrElapsedTimeInSeconds = Nothing + , _drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = Nothing + } + +-- | The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, +-- measured in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, +-- this value shows the average rate of the entire resize operation. +drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Double) +drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = + lens _drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + (\s a -> s { _drrAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = a }) + +-- | The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began. +-- After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual +-- time, in seconds, for the resize operation. +drrElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) +drrElapsedTimeInSeconds = + lens _drrElapsedTimeInSeconds (\s a -> s { _drrElapsedTimeInSeconds = a }) + +-- | The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is +-- complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and +-- the estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize +-- operation is complete, this value will be 0. +drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) +drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = + lens _drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds + (\s a -> s { _drrEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = a }) + +-- | The names of tables that have been completely imported . Valid Values: +-- List of table names. +drrImportTablesCompleted :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] +drrImportTablesCompleted = + lens _drrImportTablesCompleted + (\s a -> s { _drrImportTablesCompleted = a }) + . _List + +-- | The names of tables that are being currently imported. Valid Values: List +-- of table names. +drrImportTablesInProgress :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] +drrImportTablesInProgress = + lens _drrImportTablesInProgress + (\s a -> s { _drrImportTablesInProgress = a }) + . _List + +-- | The names of tables that have not been yet imported. Valid Values: List +-- of table names. +drrImportTablesNotStarted :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] +drrImportTablesNotStarted = + lens _drrImportTablesNotStarted + (\s a -> s { _drrImportTablesNotStarted = a }) + . _List + +-- | While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current +-- amount of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the +-- resize operation is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, +-- in megabytes, on the cluster, which may be more or less than +-- TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the estimated total amount of data before +-- resize). +drrProgressInMegaBytes :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) +drrProgressInMegaBytes = + lens _drrProgressInMegaBytes (\s a -> s { _drrProgressInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The status of the resize operation. Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | +-- FAILED | SUCCEEDED. +drrStatus :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) +drrStatus = lens _drrStatus (\s a -> s { _drrStatus = a }) + +-- | The cluster type after the resize operation is complete. Valid Values: +-- multi-node | single-node. +drrTargetClusterType :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) +drrTargetClusterType = + lens _drrTargetClusterType (\s a -> s { _drrTargetClusterType = a }) + +-- | The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is +-- complete. +drrTargetNodeType :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) +drrTargetNodeType = + lens _drrTargetNodeType (\s a -> s { _drrTargetNodeType = a }) + +-- | The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation +-- is complete. +drrTargetNumberOfNodes :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Int) +drrTargetNumberOfNodes = + lens _drrTargetNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _drrTargetNumberOfNodes = a }) + +-- | The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before +-- the resize operation began. +drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) +drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = + lens _drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes + (\s a -> s { _drrTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeResize where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeResize where + toQuery DescribeResize{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _drClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeResize + +instance AWSRequest DescribeResize where + type Sv DescribeResize = Redshift + type Rs DescribeResize = DescribeResizeResponse + + request = post "DescribeResize" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeResizeResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeResizeResult" $ \x -> DescribeResizeResponse + <$> x .@? "AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond" + <*> x .@? "ElapsedTimeInSeconds" + <*> x .@? "EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds" + <*> x .@ "ImportTablesCompleted" + <*> x .@ "ImportTablesInProgress" + <*> x .@ "ImportTablesNotStarted" + <*> x .@? "ProgressInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "TargetClusterType" + <*> x .@? "TargetNodeType" + <*> x .@? "TargetNumberOfNodes" + <*> x .@? "TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeTags.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeTags.hs @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by +-- specifying an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, +-- such as clusters, snapshots, and so on. The following are limitations for +-- DescribeTags: You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together +-- in the same request. You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters +-- together with the ARN parameter. The MaxRecords parameter can be a range +-- from 10 to 50 results to return in a request. If you specify both tag keys +-- and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources +-- that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, +-- if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag +-- values, all resources that have any combination of those values are +-- returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, +-- resources are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values +-- associated with them. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags + ( + -- * Request + DescribeTags + -- ** Request constructor + , describeTags + -- ** Request lenses + , dtMarker + , dtMaxRecords + , dtResourceName + , dtResourceType + , dtTagKeys + , dtTagValues + + -- * Response + , DescribeTagsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeTagsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dtrMarker + , dtrTaggedResources + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeTags = DescribeTags + { _dtMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dtMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dtResourceName :: Maybe Text + , _dtResourceType :: Maybe Text + , _dtTagKeys :: List "TagKey" Text + , _dtTagValues :: List "TagValue" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeTags' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dtMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dtMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dtResourceName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dtResourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dtTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dtTagValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +describeTags :: DescribeTags +describeTags = DescribeTags + { _dtResourceName = Nothing + , _dtResourceType = Nothing + , _dtMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dtMarker = Nothing + , _dtTagKeys = mempty + , _dtTagValues = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dtMarker :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) +dtMarker = lens _dtMarker (\s a -> s { _dtMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the +-- number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords +-- value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can +-- retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the +-- returned marker value. +dtMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Int) +dtMaxRecords = lens _dtMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dtMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or +-- tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. +dtResourceName :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) +dtResourceName = lens _dtResourceName (\s a -> s { _dtResourceName = a }) + +-- | The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource +-- types are: Cluster CIDR/IP EC2 security group Snapshot Cluster security +-- group Subnet group HSM connection HSM certificate Parameter group For +-- more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing +-- ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in +-- the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +dtResourceType :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) +dtResourceType = lens _dtResourceType (\s a -> s { _dtResourceType = a }) + +-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources +-- that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose +-- that you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If +-- you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift +-- returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these +-- tag keys associated with them. +dtTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeTags [Text] +dtTagKeys = lens _dtTagKeys (\s a -> s { _dtTagKeys = a }) . _List + +-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources +-- that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, +-- suppose that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. +-- If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift +-- returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these +-- tag values associated with them. +dtTagValues :: Lens' DescribeTags [Text] +dtTagValues = lens _dtTagValues (\s a -> s { _dtTagValues = a }) . _List + +data DescribeTagsResponse = DescribeTagsResponse + { _dtrMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dtrTaggedResources :: List "TaggedResource" TaggedResource + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeTagsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dtrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dtrTaggedResources' @::@ ['TaggedResource'] +-- +describeTagsResponse :: DescribeTagsResponse +describeTagsResponse = DescribeTagsResponse + { _dtrTaggedResources = mempty + , _dtrMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dtrMarker :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse (Maybe Text) +dtrMarker = lens _dtrMarker (\s a -> s { _dtrMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of tags with their associated resources. +dtrTaggedResources :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse [TaggedResource] +dtrTaggedResources = + lens _dtrTaggedResources (\s a -> s { _dtrTaggedResources = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeTags where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeTags where + toQuery DescribeTags{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _dtMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dtMaxRecords + , "ResourceName" =? _dtResourceName + , "ResourceType" =? _dtResourceType + , "TagKeys" =? _dtTagKeys + , "TagValues" =? _dtTagValues + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeTags + +instance AWSRequest DescribeTags where + type Sv DescribeTags = Redshift + type Rs DescribeTags = DescribeTagsResponse + + request = post "DescribeTags" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeTagsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeTagsResult" $ \x -> DescribeTagsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "TaggedResources" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableLogging.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableLogging.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableLogging.hs @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the +-- specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging + ( + -- * Request + DisableLogging + -- ** Request constructor + , disableLogging + -- ** Request lenses + , dlClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DisableLoggingResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , disableLoggingResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dlrBucketName + , dlrLastFailureMessage + , dlrLastFailureTime + , dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + , dlrLoggingEnabled + , dlrS3KeyPrefix + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DisableLogging = DisableLogging + { _dlClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DisableLogging' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dlClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +disableLogging :: Text -- ^ 'dlClusterIdentifier' + -> DisableLogging +disableLogging p1 = DisableLogging + { _dlClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped. Example: +-- examplecluster. +dlClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DisableLogging Text +dlClusterIdentifier = + lens _dlClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dlClusterIdentifier = a }) + +data DisableLoggingResponse = DisableLoggingResponse + { _dlrBucketName :: Maybe Text + , _dlrLastFailureMessage :: Maybe Text + , _dlrLastFailureTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dlrLoggingEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _dlrS3KeyPrefix :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DisableLoggingResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dlrBucketName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dlrLastFailureMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dlrLastFailureTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dlrLoggingEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dlrS3KeyPrefix' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +disableLoggingResponse :: DisableLoggingResponse +disableLoggingResponse = DisableLoggingResponse + { _dlrLoggingEnabled = Nothing + , _dlrBucketName = Nothing + , _dlrS3KeyPrefix = Nothing + , _dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = Nothing + , _dlrLastFailureTime = Nothing + , _dlrLastFailureMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored. +dlrBucketName :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +dlrBucketName = lens _dlrBucketName (\s a -> s { _dlrBucketName = a }) + +-- | The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered. +dlrLastFailureMessage :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +dlrLastFailureMessage = + lens _dlrLastFailureMessage (\s a -> s { _dlrLastFailureMessage = a }) + +-- | The last time when logs failed to be delivered. +dlrLastFailureTime :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +dlrLastFailureTime = + lens _dlrLastFailureTime (\s a -> s { _dlrLastFailureTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The last time when logs were delivered. +dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = + lens _dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + (\s a -> s { _dlrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | true if logging is on, false if logging is off. +dlrLoggingEnabled :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe Bool) +dlrLoggingEnabled = + lens _dlrLoggingEnabled (\s a -> s { _dlrLoggingEnabled = a }) + +-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. +dlrS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' DisableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +dlrS3KeyPrefix = lens _dlrS3KeyPrefix (\s a -> s { _dlrS3KeyPrefix = a }) + +instance ToPath DisableLogging where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DisableLogging where + toQuery DisableLogging{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dlClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DisableLogging + +instance AWSRequest DisableLogging where + type Sv DisableLogging = Redshift + type Rs DisableLogging = DisableLoggingResponse + + request = post "DisableLogging" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DisableLoggingResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DisableLoggingResult" $ \x -> DisableLoggingResponse + <$> x .@? "BucketName" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureMessage" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureTime" + <*> x .@? "LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime" + <*> x .@? "LoggingEnabled" + <*> x .@? "S3KeyPrefix" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableSnapshotCopy.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableSnapshotCopy.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableSnapshotCopy.hs @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another +-- region for a specified cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy + ( + -- * Request + DisableSnapshotCopy + -- ** Request constructor + , disableSnapshotCopy + -- ** Request lenses + , dscClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DisableSnapshotCopyResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , disableSnapshotCopyResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dscrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DisableSnapshotCopy = DisableSnapshotCopy + { _dscClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DisableSnapshotCopy' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dscClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +disableSnapshotCopy :: Text -- ^ 'dscClusterIdentifier' + -> DisableSnapshotCopy +disableSnapshotCopy p1 = DisableSnapshotCopy + { _dscClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable +-- copying of snapshots to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the +-- valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy +-- enabled. +dscClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DisableSnapshotCopy Text +dscClusterIdentifier = + lens _dscClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dscClusterIdentifier = a }) + +newtype DisableSnapshotCopyResponse = DisableSnapshotCopyResponse + { _dscrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DisableSnapshotCopyResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dscrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +disableSnapshotCopyResponse :: DisableSnapshotCopyResponse +disableSnapshotCopyResponse = DisableSnapshotCopyResponse + { _dscrCluster = Nothing + } + +dscrCluster :: Lens' DisableSnapshotCopyResponse (Maybe Cluster) +dscrCluster = lens _dscrCluster (\s a -> s { _dscrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath DisableSnapshotCopy where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DisableSnapshotCopy where + toQuery DisableSnapshotCopy{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _dscClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DisableSnapshotCopy + +instance AWSRequest DisableSnapshotCopy where + type Sv DisableSnapshotCopy = Redshift + type Rs DisableSnapshotCopy = DisableSnapshotCopyResponse + + request = post "DisableSnapshotCopy" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DisableSnapshotCopyResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DisableSnapshotCopyResult" $ \x -> DisableSnapshotCopyResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableLogging.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableLogging.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableLogging.hs @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for +-- the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging + ( + -- * Request + EnableLogging + -- ** Request constructor + , enableLogging + -- ** Request lenses + , elBucketName + , elClusterIdentifier + , elS3KeyPrefix + + -- * Response + , EnableLoggingResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , enableLoggingResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , elrBucketName + , elrLastFailureMessage + , elrLastFailureTime + , elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + , elrLoggingEnabled + , elrS3KeyPrefix + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data EnableLogging = EnableLogging + { _elBucketName :: Text + , _elClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _elS3KeyPrefix :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EnableLogging' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'elBucketName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'elClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'elS3KeyPrefix' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +enableLogging :: Text -- ^ 'elClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'elBucketName' + -> EnableLogging +enableLogging p1 p2 = EnableLogging + { _elClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _elBucketName = p2 + , _elS3KeyPrefix = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored. +-- Constraints: Must be in the same region as the cluster The cluster must +-- have read bucket and put object permissions. +elBucketName :: Lens' EnableLogging Text +elBucketName = lens _elBucketName (\s a -> s { _elBucketName = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started. Example: +-- examplecluster. +elClusterIdentifier :: Lens' EnableLogging Text +elClusterIdentifier = + lens _elClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _elClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. Constraints: Cannot exceed 512 +-- characters Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes +-- ('), a backslash (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for +-- invalid characters are: x00 to x20 x22 x27 x5c x7f or larger. +elS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' EnableLogging (Maybe Text) +elS3KeyPrefix = lens _elS3KeyPrefix (\s a -> s { _elS3KeyPrefix = a }) + +data EnableLoggingResponse = EnableLoggingResponse + { _elrBucketName :: Maybe Text + , _elrLastFailureMessage :: Maybe Text + , _elrLastFailureTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _elrLoggingEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _elrS3KeyPrefix :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EnableLoggingResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'elrBucketName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'elrLastFailureMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'elrLastFailureTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'elrLoggingEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'elrS3KeyPrefix' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +enableLoggingResponse :: EnableLoggingResponse +enableLoggingResponse = EnableLoggingResponse + { _elrLoggingEnabled = Nothing + , _elrBucketName = Nothing + , _elrS3KeyPrefix = Nothing + , _elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = Nothing + , _elrLastFailureTime = Nothing + , _elrLastFailureMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored. +elrBucketName :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +elrBucketName = lens _elrBucketName (\s a -> s { _elrBucketName = a }) + +-- | The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered. +elrLastFailureMessage :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +elrLastFailureMessage = + lens _elrLastFailureMessage (\s a -> s { _elrLastFailureMessage = a }) + +-- | The last time when logs failed to be delivered. +elrLastFailureTime :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +elrLastFailureTime = + lens _elrLastFailureTime (\s a -> s { _elrLastFailureTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The last time when logs were delivered. +elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = + lens _elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + (\s a -> s { _elrLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | true if logging is on, false if logging is off. +elrLoggingEnabled :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe Bool) +elrLoggingEnabled = + lens _elrLoggingEnabled (\s a -> s { _elrLoggingEnabled = a }) + +-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. +elrS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' EnableLoggingResponse (Maybe Text) +elrS3KeyPrefix = lens _elrS3KeyPrefix (\s a -> s { _elrS3KeyPrefix = a }) + +instance ToPath EnableLogging where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery EnableLogging where + toQuery EnableLogging{..} = mconcat + [ "BucketName" =? _elBucketName + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _elClusterIdentifier + , "S3KeyPrefix" =? _elS3KeyPrefix + ] + +instance ToHeaders EnableLogging + +instance AWSRequest EnableLogging where + type Sv EnableLogging = Redshift + type Rs EnableLogging = EnableLoggingResponse + + request = post "EnableLogging" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML EnableLoggingResponse where + parseXML = withElement "EnableLoggingResult" $ \x -> EnableLoggingResponse + <$> x .@? "BucketName" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureMessage" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureTime" + <*> x .@? "LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime" + <*> x .@? "LoggingEnabled" + <*> x .@? "S3KeyPrefix" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableSnapshotCopy.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableSnapshotCopy.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableSnapshotCopy.hs @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region +-- for a specified cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy + ( + -- * Request + EnableSnapshotCopy + -- ** Request constructor + , enableSnapshotCopy + -- ** Request lenses + , escClusterIdentifier + , escDestinationRegion + , escRetentionPeriod + + -- * Response + , EnableSnapshotCopyResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , enableSnapshotCopyResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , escrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data EnableSnapshotCopy = EnableSnapshotCopy + { _escClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _escDestinationRegion :: Text + , _escRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EnableSnapshotCopy' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'escClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'escDestinationRegion' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'escRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +enableSnapshotCopy :: Text -- ^ 'escClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'escDestinationRegion' + -> EnableSnapshotCopy +enableSnapshotCopy p1 p2 = EnableSnapshotCopy + { _escClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _escDestinationRegion = p2 + , _escRetentionPeriod = Nothing + } + +-- | The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from. +-- Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not +-- already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled. +escClusterIdentifier :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy Text +escClusterIdentifier = + lens _escClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _escClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to. Constraints: +-- Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see Regions and +-- Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +escDestinationRegion :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy Text +escDestinationRegion = + lens _escDestinationRegion (\s a -> s { _escDestinationRegion = a }) + +-- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination +-- region after they are copied from the source region. Default: 7. +-- Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. +escRetentionPeriod :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy (Maybe Int) +escRetentionPeriod = + lens _escRetentionPeriod (\s a -> s { _escRetentionPeriod = a }) + +newtype EnableSnapshotCopyResponse = EnableSnapshotCopyResponse + { _escrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'EnableSnapshotCopyResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'escrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +enableSnapshotCopyResponse :: EnableSnapshotCopyResponse +enableSnapshotCopyResponse = EnableSnapshotCopyResponse + { _escrCluster = Nothing + } + +escrCluster :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopyResponse (Maybe Cluster) +escrCluster = lens _escrCluster (\s a -> s { _escrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath EnableSnapshotCopy where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery EnableSnapshotCopy where + toQuery EnableSnapshotCopy{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _escClusterIdentifier + , "DestinationRegion" =? _escDestinationRegion + , "RetentionPeriod" =? _escRetentionPeriod + ] + +instance ToHeaders EnableSnapshotCopy + +instance AWSRequest EnableSnapshotCopy where + type Sv EnableSnapshotCopy = Redshift + type Rs EnableSnapshotCopy = EnableSnapshotCopyResponse + + request = post "EnableSnapshotCopy" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML EnableSnapshotCopyResponse where + parseXML = withElement "EnableSnapshotCopyResult" $ \x -> EnableSnapshotCopyResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another +-- security or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or +-- change the master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying +-- the security groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. +-- However, modifying a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to +-- take effect. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon +-- Redshift Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide . You can +-- also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down the +-- cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of nodes +-- and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster + ( + -- * Request + ModifyCluster + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyCluster + -- ** Request lenses + , mcAllowVersionUpgrade + , mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , mcClusterIdentifier + , mcClusterParameterGroupName + , mcClusterSecurityGroups + , mcClusterType + , mcClusterVersion + , mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , mcMasterUserPassword + , mcNewClusterIdentifier + , mcNodeType + , mcNumberOfNodes + , mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , mcVpcSecurityGroupIds + + -- * Response + , ModifyClusterResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyClusterResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mcrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyCluster = ModifyCluster + { _mcAllowVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _mcClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _mcClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _mcClusterSecurityGroups :: List "ClusterSecurityGroupName" Text + , _mcClusterType :: Maybe Text + , _mcClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _mcMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text + , _mcNewClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _mcNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _mcNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + , _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _mcVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyCluster' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcAllowVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'mcClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcClusterParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcClusterSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'mcClusterType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcNewClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +modifyCluster :: Text -- ^ 'mcClusterIdentifier' + -> ModifyCluster +modifyCluster p1 = ModifyCluster + { _mcClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _mcClusterType = Nothing + , _mcNodeType = Nothing + , _mcNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _mcClusterSecurityGroups = mempty + , _mcVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty + , _mcMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mcClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mcClusterVersion = Nothing + , _mcAllowVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _mcNewClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the +-- cluster during the maintenance window. Default: false. +mcAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Bool) +mcAllowVersionUpgrade = + lens _mcAllowVersionUpgrade (\s a -> s { _mcAllowVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is +-- 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are +-- disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with +-- CreateClusterSnapshot. If you decrease the automated snapshot retention +-- period from its current value, existing automated snapshots that fall +-- outside of the new retention period will be immediately deleted. Default: +-- Uses existing setting. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. +mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Int) +mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = + lens _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified. Example: +-- examplecluster. +mcClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster Text +mcClusterIdentifier = + lens _mcClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _mcClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This +-- change is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster +-- use RebootCluster. Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: The +-- cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that +-- matches the cluster version. +mcClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcClusterParameterGroupName = + lens _mcClusterParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _mcClusterParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This +-- change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Security groups +-- currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to +-- apply, will be revoked from the cluster. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +mcClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyCluster [Text] +mcClusterSecurityGroups = + lens _mcClusterSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _mcClusterSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | The new cluster type. When you submit your cluster resize request, your +-- existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift +-- provisions a new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be +-- outage for a period while the old cluster is deleted and your connection +-- is switched to the new cluster. You can use DescribeResize to track the +-- progress of the resize request. Valid Values: multi-node | single-node. +mcClusterType :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcClusterType = lens _mcClusterType (\s a -> s { _mcClusterType = a }) + +-- | The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to. For +-- major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is +-- currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter +-- group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster +-- parameter group can be the default for that cluster parameter group +-- family. For more information about managing parameter groups, go to +-- Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. Example: 1.0. +mcClusterVersion :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcClusterVersion = lens _mcClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _mcClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift +-- cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. +mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information +-- the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. +mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The new password for the cluster master user. This change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the +-- request and the completion of the request, the MasterUserPassword element +-- exists in the PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response. +-- Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to +-- regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is +-- lost. Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: Must be between 8 and +-- 64 characters in length. Must contain at least one uppercase letter. Must +-- contain at least one lowercase letter. Must contain one number. Can be +-- any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single +-- quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. +mcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcMasterUserPassword = + lens _mcMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _mcMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | The new identifier for the cluster. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to +-- 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Alphabetic characters must be +-- lowercase. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for all clusters within +-- an AWS account. Example: examplecluster. +mcNewClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcNewClusterIdentifier = + lens _mcNewClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _mcNewClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you +-- must also specify the number of nodes parameter. When you submit your +-- request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for +-- the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster +-- according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage +-- while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the +-- new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access +-- permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to +-- track the progress of the resize request. Valid Values: dw1.xlarge | +-- dw1.8xlarge | dw2.large | dw2.8xlarge. +mcNodeType :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcNodeType = lens _mcNodeType (\s a -> s { _mcNodeType = a }) + +-- | The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of +-- nodes, you must also specify the node type parameter. When you submit +-- your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions +-- for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new +-- cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary +-- outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched +-- to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original +-- access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use +-- DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request. Valid Values: +-- Integer greater than 0. +mcNumberOfNodes :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Int) +mcNumberOfNodes = lens _mcNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _mcNumberOfNodes = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, +-- if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it +-- may result in an outage. This maintenance window change is made +-- immediately. If the new maintenance window indicates the current time, +-- there must be at least 120 minutes between the current time and end of +-- the window in order to ensure that pending changes are applied. Default: +-- Uses existing setting. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example +-- wed:07:30-wed:08:00. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun +-- Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes. +mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) +mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated +-- with the cluster. +mcVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyCluster [Text] +mcVpcSecurityGroupIds = + lens _mcVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _mcVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) + . _List + +newtype ModifyClusterResponse = ModifyClusterResponse + { _mcrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyClusterResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +modifyClusterResponse :: ModifyClusterResponse +modifyClusterResponse = ModifyClusterResponse + { _mcrCluster = Nothing + } + +mcrCluster :: Lens' ModifyClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) +mcrCluster = lens _mcrCluster (\s a -> s { _mcrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyCluster where + toQuery ModifyCluster{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowVersionUpgrade" =? _mcAllowVersionUpgrade + , "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" =? _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _mcClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterParameterGroupName" =? _mcClusterParameterGroupName + , "ClusterSecurityGroups" =? _mcClusterSecurityGroups + , "ClusterType" =? _mcClusterType + , "ClusterVersion" =? _mcClusterVersion + , "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _mcHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _mcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _mcMasterUserPassword + , "NewClusterIdentifier" =? _mcNewClusterIdentifier + , "NodeType" =? _mcNodeType + , "NumberOfNodes" =? _mcNumberOfNodes + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _mcVpcSecurityGroupIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyCluster + +instance AWSRequest ModifyCluster where + type Sv ModifyCluster = Redshift + type Rs ModifyCluster = ModifyClusterResponse + + request = post "ModifyCluster" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyClusterResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyClusterResult" $ \x -> ModifyClusterResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies the parameters of a parameter group. For more information about +-- managing parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups in the +-- Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + ModifyClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , mcpgParameterGroupName + , mcpgParameters + + -- * Response + , ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mcpgrParameterGroupName + , mcpgrParameterGroupStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyClusterParameterGroup = ModifyClusterParameterGroup + { _mcpgParameterGroupName :: Text + , _mcpgParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyClusterParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcpgParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +modifyClusterParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mcpgParameterGroupName' + -> ModifyClusterParameterGroup +modifyClusterParameterGroup p1 = ModifyClusterParameterGroup + { _mcpgParameterGroupName = p1 + , _mcpgParameters = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the parameter group to be modified. +mcpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroup Text +mcpgParameterGroupName = + lens _mcpgParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _mcpgParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be +-- modified in a single request. For each parameter to be modified, you must +-- supply at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value +-- pairs of the parameter are optional. For the workload management (WLM) +-- configuration, you must supply all the name-value pairs in the +-- wlm_json_configuration parameter. +mcpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] +mcpgParameters = lens _mcpgParameters (\s a -> s { _mcpgParameters = a }) . _List + +data ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse = ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _mcpgrParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _mcpgrParameterGroupStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcpgrParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcpgrParameterGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +modifyClusterParameterGroupResponse :: ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse +modifyClusterParameterGroupResponse = ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _mcpgrParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mcpgrParameterGroupStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. +mcpgrParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +mcpgrParameterGroupName = + lens _mcpgrParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _mcpgrParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a +-- parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a +-- reboot of an associated cluster. +mcpgrParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +mcpgrParameterGroupStatus = + lens _mcpgrParameterGroupStatus + (\s a -> s { _mcpgrParameterGroupStatus = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery ModifyClusterParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ParameterGroupName" =? _mcpgParameterGroupName + , "Parameters" =? _mcpgParameters + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyClusterParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest ModifyClusterParameterGroup where + type Sv ModifyClusterParameterGroup = Redshift + type Rs ModifyClusterParameterGroup = ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "ModifyClusterParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyClusterParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupStatus" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC +-- subnets. The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new +-- list of subnets. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyClusterSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + , mcsgDescription + , mcsgSubnetIds + + -- * Response + , ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyClusterSubnetGroup = ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + { _mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Text + , _mcsgDescription :: Maybe Text + , _mcsgSubnetIds :: List "SubnetIdentifier" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyClusterSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcsgDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mcsgSubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +modifyClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' + -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroup +modifyClusterSubnetGroup p1 = ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + { _mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = p1 + , _mcsgDescription = Nothing + , _mcsgSubnetIds = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the subnet group to be modified. +mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroup Text +mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | A text description of the subnet group to be modified. +mcsgDescription :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +mcsgDescription = lens _mcsgDescription (\s a -> s { _mcsgDescription = a }) + +-- | An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a +-- single request. +mcsgSubnetIds :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroup [Text] +mcsgSubnetIds = lens _mcsgSubnetIds (\s a -> s { _mcsgSubnetIds = a }) . _List + +newtype ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + { _mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup :: Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSubnetGroup' +-- +modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse +modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + { _mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup = Nothing + } + +mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) +mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup = + lens _mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _mcsgrClusterSubnetGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyClusterSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyClusterSubnetGroup where + toQuery ModifyClusterSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName + , "Description" =? _mcsgDescription + , "SubnetIds" =? _mcsgSubnetIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyClusterSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest ModifyClusterSubnetGroup where + type Sv ModifyClusterSubnetGroup = Redshift + type Rs ModifyClusterSubnetGroup = ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "ModifyClusterSubnetGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterSubnetGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + ModifyEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , mesEnabled + , mesEventCategories + , mesSeverity + , mesSnsTopicArn + , mesSourceIds + , mesSourceType + , mesSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mesrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription + { _mesEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _mesEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _mesSeverity :: Maybe Text + , _mesSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text + , _mesSourceIds :: List "SourceId" Text + , _mesSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _mesSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'mesSeverity' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mesSourceIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'mesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +modifyEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'mesSubscriptionName' + -> ModifyEventSubscription +modifyEventSubscription p1 = ModifyEventSubscription + { _mesSubscriptionName = p1 + , _mesSnsTopicArn = Nothing + , _mesSourceType = Nothing + , _mesSourceIds = mempty + , _mesEventCategories = mempty + , _mesSeverity = Nothing + , _mesEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates +-- the subscription is enabled. +mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\s a -> s { _mesEnabled = a }) + +-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the +-- event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, +-- Monitoring, Security. +mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] +mesEventCategories = + lens _mesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _mesEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event +-- notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO. +mesSeverity :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSeverity = lens _mesSeverity (\s a -> s { _mesSeverity = a }) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event +-- notification subscription. +mesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSnsTopicArn = lens _mesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _mesSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All +-- of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source +-- type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated +-- by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for +-- all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, +-- my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010. +mesSourceIds :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] +mesSourceIds = lens _mesSourceIds (\s a -> s { _mesSourceIds = a }) . _List + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set +-- this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are +-- returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must +-- specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: +-- cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and +-- cluster-snapshot. +mesSourceType :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\s a -> s { _mesSourceType = a }) + +-- | The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +mesSubscriptionName :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription Text +mesSubscriptionName = + lens _mesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _mesSubscriptionName = a }) + +newtype ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + { _mesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse :: ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + { _mesrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +mesrEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +mesrEventSubscription = + lens _mesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _mesrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyEventSubscription where + toQuery ModifyEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "Enabled" =? _mesEnabled + , "EventCategories" =? _mesEventCategories + , "Severity" =? _mesSeverity + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _mesSnsTopicArn + , "SourceIds" =? _mesSourceIds + , "SourceType" =? _mesSourceType + , "SubscriptionName" =? _mesSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest ModifyEventSubscription where + type Sv ModifyEventSubscription = Redshift + type Rs ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "ModifyEventSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod.hs @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the +-- destination region after they are copied from the source region. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + ( + -- * Request + ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + -- ** Request constructor + , modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + -- ** Request lenses + , mscrpClusterIdentifier + , mscrpRetentionPeriod + + -- * Response + , ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mscrprCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + { _mscrpClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _mscrpRetentionPeriod :: Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mscrpClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mscrpRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Int' +-- +modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod :: Text -- ^ 'mscrpClusterIdentifier' + -> Int -- ^ 'mscrpRetentionPeriod' + -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod +modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod p1 p2 = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + { _mscrpClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _mscrpRetentionPeriod = p2 + } + +-- | The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the +-- retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination +-- region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that +-- has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. +mscrpClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Text +mscrpClusterIdentifier = + lens _mscrpClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _mscrpClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination +-- region after they are copied from the source region. If you decrease the +-- retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination +-- region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated snapshots that +-- were copied to the destination region and that fall outside of the new +-- retention period. Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. +mscrpRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Int +mscrpRetentionPeriod = + lens _mscrpRetentionPeriod (\s a -> s { _mscrpRetentionPeriod = a }) + +newtype ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + { _mscrprCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mscrprCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse :: ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse +modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + { _mscrprCluster = Nothing + } + +mscrprCluster :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse (Maybe Cluster) +mscrprCluster = lens _mscrprCluster (\s a -> s { _mscrprCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod where + toQuery ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _mscrpClusterIdentifier + , "RetentionPeriod" =? _mscrpRetentionPeriod + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod + +instance AWSRequest ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod where + type Sv ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = Redshift + type Rs ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + + request = post "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResult" $ \x -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering.hs @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined +-- set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one of the offerings. You +-- can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available +-- reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific +-- reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve. For +-- more information about managing parameter groups, go to Purchasing Reserved +-- Nodes in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + ( + -- * Request + PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + -- ** Request constructor + , purchaseReservedNodeOffering + -- ** Request lenses + , prnoNodeCount + , prnoReservedNodeOfferingId + + -- * Response + , PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , prnorReservedNode + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data PurchaseReservedNodeOffering = PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + { _prnoNodeCount :: Maybe Int + , _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'PurchaseReservedNodeOffering' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prnoNodeCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'prnoReservedNodeOfferingId' @::@ 'Text' +-- +purchaseReservedNodeOffering :: Text -- ^ 'prnoReservedNodeOfferingId' + -> PurchaseReservedNodeOffering +purchaseReservedNodeOffering p1 = PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + { _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId = p1 + , _prnoNodeCount = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of reserved nodes you want to purchase. Default: 1. +prnoNodeCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Int) +prnoNodeCount = lens _prnoNodeCount (\s a -> s { _prnoNodeCount = a }) + +-- | The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase. +prnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOffering Text +prnoReservedNodeOfferingId = + lens _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId = a }) + +newtype PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + { _prnorReservedNode :: Maybe ReservedNode + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prnorReservedNode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ReservedNode' +-- +purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse :: PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse +purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + { _prnorReservedNode = Nothing + } + +prnorReservedNode :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedNode) +prnorReservedNode = + lens _prnorReservedNode (\s a -> s { _prnorReservedNode = a }) + +instance ToPath PurchaseReservedNodeOffering where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery PurchaseReservedNodeOffering where + toQuery PurchaseReservedNodeOffering{..} = mconcat + [ "NodeCount" =? _prnoNodeCount + , "ReservedNodeOfferingId" =? _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId + ] + +instance ToHeaders PurchaseReservedNodeOffering + +instance AWSRequest PurchaseReservedNodeOffering where + type Sv PurchaseReservedNodeOffering = Redshift + type Rs PurchaseReservedNodeOffering = PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + + request = post "PurchaseReservedNodeOffering" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse where + parseXML = withElement "PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResult" $ \x -> PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse + <$> x .@? "ReservedNode" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RebootCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RebootCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RebootCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in +-- a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set +-- to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any +-- pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this +-- reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift +-- Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster + ( + -- * Request + RebootCluster + -- ** Request constructor + , rebootCluster + -- ** Request lenses + , rcClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , RebootClusterResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , rebootClusterResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rcrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype RebootCluster = RebootCluster + { _rcClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'RebootCluster' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +rebootCluster :: Text -- ^ 'rcClusterIdentifier' + -> RebootCluster +rebootCluster p1 = RebootCluster + { _rcClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The cluster identifier. +rcClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RebootCluster Text +rcClusterIdentifier = + lens _rcClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rcClusterIdentifier = a }) + +newtype RebootClusterResponse = RebootClusterResponse + { _rcrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RebootClusterResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +rebootClusterResponse :: RebootClusterResponse +rebootClusterResponse = RebootClusterResponse + { _rcrCluster = Nothing + } + +rcrCluster :: Lens' RebootClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) +rcrCluster = lens _rcrCluster (\s a -> s { _rcrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath RebootCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RebootCluster where + toQuery RebootCluster{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _rcClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders RebootCluster + +instance AWSRequest RebootCluster where + type Sv RebootCluster = Redshift + type Rs RebootCluster = RebootClusterResponse + + request = post "RebootCluster" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RebootClusterResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RebootClusterResult" $ \x -> RebootClusterResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ResetClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ResetClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ResetClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their +-- default values and sets the source values of the parameters to +-- "engine-default". To reset the entire parameter group specify the +-- ResetAllParameters parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must +-- reboot any associated clusters. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + ResetClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , resetClusterParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , rcpgParameterGroupName + , rcpgParameters + , rcpgResetAllParameters + + -- * Response + , ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , resetClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rcpgrParameterGroupName + , rcpgrParameterGroupStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ResetClusterParameterGroup = ResetClusterParameterGroup + { _rcpgParameterGroupName :: Text + , _rcpgParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + , _rcpgResetAllParameters :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ResetClusterParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcpgParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rcpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +-- * 'rcpgResetAllParameters' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +resetClusterParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'rcpgParameterGroupName' + -> ResetClusterParameterGroup +resetClusterParameterGroup p1 = ResetClusterParameterGroup + { _rcpgParameterGroupName = p1 + , _rcpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rcpgParameters = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset. +rcpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroup Text +rcpgParameterGroupName = + lens _rcpgParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _rcpgParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option +-- is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied. +-- Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request. +rcpgParameters :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] +rcpgParameters = lens _rcpgParameters (\s a -> s { _rcpgParameters = a }) . _List + +-- | If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to +-- their default values. Default: true. +rcpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) +rcpgResetAllParameters = + lens _rcpgResetAllParameters (\s a -> s { _rcpgResetAllParameters = a }) + +data ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse = ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _rcpgrParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rcpgrParameterGroupStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcpgrParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rcpgrParameterGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +resetClusterParameterGroupResponse :: ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse +resetClusterParameterGroupResponse = ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse + { _rcpgrParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _rcpgrParameterGroupStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. +rcpgrParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +rcpgrParameterGroupName = + lens _rcpgrParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _rcpgrParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a +-- parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a +-- reboot of an associated cluster. +rcpgrParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +rcpgrParameterGroupStatus = + lens _rcpgrParameterGroupStatus + (\s a -> s { _rcpgrParameterGroupStatus = a }) + +instance ToPath ResetClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ResetClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery ResetClusterParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ParameterGroupName" =? _rcpgParameterGroupName + , "Parameters" =? _rcpgParameters + , "ResetAllParameters" =? _rcpgResetAllParameters + ] + +instance ToHeaders ResetClusterParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest ResetClusterParameterGroup where + type Sv ResetClusterParameterGroup = Redshift + type Rs ResetClusterParameterGroup = ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "ResetClusterParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ResetClusterParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "ParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupStatus" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. Amazon Redshift creates the +-- resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from +-- which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with +-- the default cluster security and parameter group. After Amazon Redshift +-- creates the cluster you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a +-- different security group and different parameter group with the restored +-- cluster. If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster +-- subnet group where you want the cluster restored. For more information +-- about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots in the Amazon +-- Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , restoreFromClusterSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade + , rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , rfcsAvailabilityZone + , rfcsClusterIdentifier + , rfcsClusterParameterGroupName + , rfcsClusterSecurityGroups + , rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName + , rfcsElasticIp + , rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , rfcsKmsKeyId + , rfcsOwnerAccount + , rfcsPort + , rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , rfcsPubliclyAccessible + , rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , rfcsSnapshotIdentifier + , rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds + + -- * Response + , RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rfcsrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RestoreFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + { _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _rfcsAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsClusterIdentifier :: Text + , _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups :: List "ClusterSecurityGroupName" Text + , _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsElasticIp :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsOwnerAccount :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsPort :: Maybe Int + , _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreFromClusterSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rfcsAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsClusterParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsClusterSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsElasticIp' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsOwnerAccount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +restoreFromClusterSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'rfcsClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rfcsSnapshotIdentifier' + -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshot +restoreFromClusterSnapshot p1 p2 = RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + { _rfcsClusterIdentifier = p1 + , _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = p2 + , _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _rfcsPort = Nothing + , _rfcsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rfcsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rfcsOwnerAccount = Nothing + , _rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _rfcsElasticIp = Nothing + , _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups = mempty + , _rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty + , _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _rfcsKmsKeyId = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance +-- window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. +-- Default: true. +rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade = + lens _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade (\s a -> s { _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is +-- 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are +-- disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with +-- CreateClusterSnapshot. Default: The value selected for the cluster from +-- which the snapshot was taken. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. +rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = + lens _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster. +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Example: us-east-1a. +rfcsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsAvailabilityZone = + lens _rfcsAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _rfcsAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the +-- snapshot. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens. Alphabetic characters must be lowercase. First character must +-- be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. +rfcsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot Text +rfcsClusterIdentifier = + lens _rfcsClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rfcsClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. +-- Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For +-- information about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon +-- Redshift Parameter Groups. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +rfcsClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsClusterParameterGroupName = + lens _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: +-- The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. Cluster security +-- groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs. +rfcsClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot [Text] +rfcsClusterSecurityGroups = + lens _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups + (\s a -> s { _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored. A +-- snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you +-- must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored. +rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. +rfcsElasticIp :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsElasticIp = lens _rfcsElasticIp (\s a -> s { _rfcsElasticIp = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift +-- cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. +rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information +-- the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. +rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that +-- you want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a +-- shared snapshot. +rfcsKmsKeyId :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsKmsKeyId = lens _rfcsKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _rfcsKmsKeyId = a }) + +-- | The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if +-- you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the +-- snapshot. +rfcsOwnerAccount :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsOwnerAccount = lens _rfcsOwnerAccount (\s a -> s { _rfcsOwnerAccount = a }) + +-- | The port number on which the cluster accepts connections. Default: The +-- same port as the original cluster. Constraints: Must be between 1115 and +-- 65535. +rfcsPort :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rfcsPort = lens _rfcsPort (\s a -> s { _rfcsPort = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance +-- can occur. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Default: The value selected +-- for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information +-- about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows in Amazon +-- Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | +-- Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. +rfcsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rfcsPubliclyAccessible = + lens _rfcsPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _rfcsPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This +-- parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot +-- resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster +-- name. +rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = + lens _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This +-- parameter isn't case sensitive. Example: my-snapshot-id. +rfcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot Text +rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated +-- with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated +-- with the cluster. VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs. +rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot [Text] +rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds = + lens _rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) + . _List + +newtype RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse = RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + { _rfcsrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rfcsrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse :: RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse +restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse = RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + { _rfcsrCluster = Nothing + } + +rfcsrCluster :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Cluster) +rfcsrCluster = lens _rfcsrCluster (\s a -> s { _rfcsrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath RestoreFromClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreFromClusterSnapshot where + toQuery RestoreFromClusterSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowVersionUpgrade" =? _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade + , "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" =? _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _rfcsAvailabilityZone + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _rfcsClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterParameterGroupName" =? _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName + , "ClusterSecurityGroups" =? _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups + , "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName + , "ElasticIp" =? _rfcsElasticIp + , "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _rfcsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _rfcsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "KmsKeyId" =? _rfcsKmsKeyId + , "OwnerAccount" =? _rfcsOwnerAccount + , "Port" =? _rfcsPort + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _rfcsPubliclyAccessible + , "SnapshotClusterIdentifier" =? _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier + , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _rfcsVpcSecurityGroupIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders RestoreFromClusterSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest RestoreFromClusterSnapshot where + type Sv RestoreFromClusterSnapshot = Redshift + type Rs RestoreFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + + request = post "RestoreFromClusterSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResult" $ \x -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a +-- previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an +-- ingress rule, see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information +-- about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security +-- Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + ( + -- * Request + RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request constructor + , revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request lenses + , rcsgiCIDRIP + , rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + , rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + + -- * Response + , RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + { _rcsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' + -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress +revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress p1 = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + { _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _rcsgiCIDRIP = Nothing + , _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + } + +-- | The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid +-- Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is +-- specified, EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be +-- provided. +rcsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rcsgiCIDRIP = lens _rcsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _rcsgiCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule. +rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Text +rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If +-- EC2SecurityGroupName is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be +-- provided and CIDRIP cannot be provided. +rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in +-- the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, +-- EC2SecurityGroupName must also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be +-- provided. Example: 111122223333. +rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +newtype RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup :: Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSecurityGroup' +-- +revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse +revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) +rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup = + lens _rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup + (\s a -> s { _rcsgirClusterSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + toQuery RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _rcsgiCIDRIP + , "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + ] + +instance ToHeaders RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress + +instance AWSRequest RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress where + type Sv RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = Redshift + type Rs RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + + request = post "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse + <$> x .@? "ClusterSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeSnapshotAccess.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeSnapshotAccess.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeSnapshotAccess.hs @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the +-- specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the +-- restore will run to completion. For more information about working with +-- snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots in the Amazon Redshift Cluster +-- Management Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess + ( + -- * Request + RevokeSnapshotAccess + -- ** Request constructor + , revokeSnapshotAccess + -- ** Request lenses + , rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess + , rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , rsaSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , revokeSnapshotAccessResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rsarSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RevokeSnapshotAccess = RevokeSnapshotAccess + { _rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess :: Text + , _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _rsaSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeSnapshotAccess' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rsaSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +revokeSnapshotAccess :: Text -- ^ 'rsaSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess' + -> RevokeSnapshotAccess +revokeSnapshotAccess p1 p2 = RevokeSnapshotAccess + { _rsaSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess = p2 + , _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the +-- specified snapshot. +rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccess Text +rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess = + lens _rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess + (\s a -> s { _rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This +-- parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot +-- resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster +-- name. +rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccess (Maybe Text) +rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = + lens _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access. +rsaSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccess Text +rsaSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _rsaSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rsaSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse = RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse + { _rsarSnapshot :: Maybe Snapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rsarSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Snapshot' +-- +revokeSnapshotAccessResponse :: RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse +revokeSnapshotAccessResponse = RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse + { _rsarSnapshot = Nothing + } + +rsarSnapshot :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse (Maybe Snapshot) +rsarSnapshot = lens _rsarSnapshot (\s a -> s { _rsarSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath RevokeSnapshotAccess where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RevokeSnapshotAccess where + toQuery RevokeSnapshotAccess{..} = mconcat + [ "AccountWithRestoreAccess" =? _rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess + , "SnapshotClusterIdentifier" =? _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _rsaSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders RevokeSnapshotAccess + +instance AWSRequest RevokeSnapshotAccess where + type Sv RevokeSnapshotAccess = Redshift + type Rs RevokeSnapshotAccess = RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse + + request = post "RevokeSnapshotAccess" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RevokeSnapshotAccessResult" $ \x -> RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse + <$> x .@? "Snapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RotateEncryptionKey.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RotateEncryptionKey.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RotateEncryptionKey.hs @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey + ( + -- * Request + RotateEncryptionKey + -- ** Request constructor + , rotateEncryptionKey + -- ** Request lenses + , rekClusterIdentifier + + -- * Response + , RotateEncryptionKeyResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , rotateEncryptionKeyResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rekrCluster + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype RotateEncryptionKey = RotateEncryptionKey + { _rekClusterIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'RotateEncryptionKey' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rekClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +rotateEncryptionKey :: Text -- ^ 'rekClusterIdentifier' + -> RotateEncryptionKey +rotateEncryptionKey p1 = RotateEncryptionKey + { _rekClusterIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the +-- encryption keys for. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that +-- has encryption enabled. +rekClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RotateEncryptionKey Text +rekClusterIdentifier = + lens _rekClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rekClusterIdentifier = a }) + +newtype RotateEncryptionKeyResponse = RotateEncryptionKeyResponse + { _rekrCluster :: Maybe Cluster + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RotateEncryptionKeyResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rekrCluster' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Cluster' +-- +rotateEncryptionKeyResponse :: RotateEncryptionKeyResponse +rotateEncryptionKeyResponse = RotateEncryptionKeyResponse + { _rekrCluster = Nothing + } + +rekrCluster :: Lens' RotateEncryptionKeyResponse (Maybe Cluster) +rekrCluster = lens _rekrCluster (\s a -> s { _rekrCluster = a }) + +instance ToPath RotateEncryptionKey where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RotateEncryptionKey where + toQuery RotateEncryptionKey{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterIdentifier" =? _rekClusterIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders RotateEncryptionKey + +instance AWSRequest RotateEncryptionKey where + type Sv RotateEncryptionKey = Redshift + type Rs RotateEncryptionKey = RotateEncryptionKeyResponse + + request = post "RotateEncryptionKey" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RotateEncryptionKeyResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RotateEncryptionKeyResult" $ \x -> RotateEncryptionKeyResponse + <$> x .@? "Cluster" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types.hs @@ -0,0 +1,3347 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.Redshift.Types +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +module Network.AWS.Redshift.Types + ( + -- * Service + Redshift + -- ** Error + , RESTError + -- ** XML + , ns + + -- * Snapshot + , Snapshot + , snapshot + , sAccountsWithRestoreAccess + , sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + , sAvailabilityZone + , sBackupProgressInMegaBytes + , sClusterCreateTime + , sClusterIdentifier + , sClusterVersion + , sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + , sDBName + , sElapsedTimeInSeconds + , sEncrypted + , sEncryptedWithHSM + , sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion + , sKmsKeyId + , sMasterUsername + , sNodeType + , sNumberOfNodes + , sOwnerAccount + , sPort + , sSnapshotCreateTime + , sSnapshotIdentifier + , sSnapshotType + , sSourceRegion + , sStatus + , sTags + , sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + , sVpcId + + -- * ClusterParameterGroup + , ClusterParameterGroup + , clusterParameterGroup + , cpgDescription + , cpgParameterGroupFamily + , cpgParameterGroupName + , cpgTags + + -- * RestoreStatus + , RestoreStatus + , restoreStatus + , rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + , rsElapsedTimeInSeconds + , rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds + , rsProgressInMegaBytes + , rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes + , rsStatus + + -- * Event + , Event + , event + , eDate + , eEventCategories + , eEventId + , eMessage + , eSeverity + , eSourceIdentifier + , eSourceType + + -- * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , clusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , cscsDestinationRegion + , cscsRetentionPeriod + + -- * Tag + , Tag + , tag + , tagKey + , tagValue + + -- * HsmClientCertificate + , HsmClientCertificate + , hsmClientCertificate + , hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey + , hccTags + + -- * Cluster + , Cluster + , cluster + , cAllowVersionUpgrade + , cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , cAvailabilityZone + , cClusterCreateTime + , cClusterIdentifier + , cClusterNodes + , cClusterParameterGroups + , cClusterPublicKey + , cClusterRevisionNumber + , cClusterSecurityGroups + , cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , cClusterStatus + , cClusterSubnetGroupName + , cClusterVersion + , cDBName + , cElasticIpStatus + , cEncrypted + , cEndpoint + , cHsmStatus + , cKmsKeyId + , cMasterUsername + , cModifyStatus + , cNodeType + , cNumberOfNodes + , cPendingModifiedValues + , cPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , cPubliclyAccessible + , cRestoreStatus + , cTags + , cVpcId + , cVpcSecurityGroups + + -- * ClusterNode + , ClusterNode + , clusterNode + , cnNodeRole + , cnPrivateIPAddress + , cnPublicIPAddress + + -- * EC2SecurityGroup + , EC2SecurityGroup + , ec2SecurityGroup + , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , ecsgStatus + , ecsgTags + + -- * OrderableClusterOption + , OrderableClusterOption + , orderableClusterOption + , ocoAvailabilityZones + , ocoClusterType + , ocoClusterVersion + , ocoNodeType + + -- * SourceType + , SourceType (..) + + -- * ClusterParameterGroupStatus + , ClusterParameterGroupStatus + , clusterParameterGroupStatus + , cpgsParameterApplyStatus + , cpgsParameterGroupName + + -- * Subnet + , Subnet + , subnet + , sSubnetAvailabilityZone + , sSubnetIdentifier + , sSubnetStatus + + -- * ClusterSecurityGroup + , ClusterSecurityGroup + , clusterSecurityGroup + , csgClusterSecurityGroupName + , csgDescription + , csgEC2SecurityGroups + , csgIPRanges + , csgTags + + -- * DefaultClusterParameters + , DefaultClusterParameters + , defaultClusterParameters + , dcpMarker + , dcpParameterGroupFamily + , dcpParameters + + -- * ClusterSubnetGroup + , ClusterSubnetGroup + , clusterSubnetGroup + , csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + , csg1Description + , csg1SubnetGroupStatus + , csg1Subnets + , csg1Tags + , csg1VpcId + + -- * EventInfoMap + , EventInfoMap + , eventInfoMap + , eimEventCategories + , eimEventDescription + , eimEventId + , eimSeverity + + -- * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + , ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + , clusterSecurityGroupMembership + , csgmClusterSecurityGroupName + , csgmStatus + + -- * ReservedNodeOffering + , ReservedNodeOffering + , reservedNodeOffering + , rnoCurrencyCode + , rnoDuration + , rnoFixedPrice + , rnoNodeType + , rnoOfferingType + , rnoRecurringCharges + , rnoReservedNodeOfferingId + , rnoUsagePrice + + -- * ReservedNode + , ReservedNode + , reservedNode + , rnCurrencyCode + , rnDuration + , rnFixedPrice + , rnNodeCount + , rnNodeType + , rnOfferingType + , rnRecurringCharges + , rnReservedNodeId + , rnReservedNodeOfferingId + , rnStartTime + , rnState + , rnUsagePrice + + -- * LoggingStatus + , LoggingStatus + , loggingStatus + , lsBucketName + , lsLastFailureMessage + , lsLastFailureTime + , lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + , lsLoggingEnabled + , lsS3KeyPrefix + + -- * AccountWithRestoreAccess + , AccountWithRestoreAccess + , accountWithRestoreAccess + , awraAccountId + + -- * AvailabilityZone + , AvailabilityZone + , availabilityZone + , azName + + -- * EventSubscription + , EventSubscription + , eventSubscription + , esCustSubscriptionId + , esCustomerAwsId + , esEnabled + , esEventCategoriesList + , esSeverity + , esSnsTopicArn + , esSourceIdsList + , esSourceType + , esStatus + , esSubscriptionCreationTime + , esTags + + -- * HsmStatus + , HsmStatus + , hsmStatus + , hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , hsStatus + + -- * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , clusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , cpgnmParameterGroupName + , cpgnmParameterGroupStatus + + -- * ElasticIpStatus + , ElasticIpStatus + , elasticIpStatus + , eisElasticIp + , eisStatus + + -- * ClusterVersion + , ClusterVersion + , clusterVersion + , cvClusterParameterGroupFamily + , cvClusterVersion + , cvDescription + + -- * RecurringCharge + , RecurringCharge + , recurringCharge + , rcRecurringChargeAmount + , rcRecurringChargeFrequency + + -- * Endpoint + , Endpoint + , endpoint + , eAddress + , ePort + + -- * IPRange + , IPRange + , iprange + , iprCIDRIP + , iprStatus + , iprTags + + -- * TaggedResource + , TaggedResource + , taggedResource + , trResourceName + , trResourceType + , trTag + + -- * EventCategoriesMap + , EventCategoriesMap + , eventCategoriesMap + , ecmEvents + , ecmSourceType + + -- * HsmConfiguration + , HsmConfiguration + , hsmConfiguration + , hcDescription + , hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , hcHsmIpAddress + , hcHsmPartitionName + , hcTags + + -- * PendingModifiedValues + , PendingModifiedValues + , pendingModifiedValues + , pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , pmvClusterIdentifier + , pmvClusterType + , pmvClusterVersion + , pmvMasterUserPassword + , pmvNodeType + , pmvNumberOfNodes + + -- * VpcSecurityGroupMembership + , VpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vsgmStatus + , vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId + + -- * Parameter + , Parameter + , parameter + , pAllowedValues + , pDataType + , pDescription + , pIsModifiable + , pMinimumEngineVersion + , pParameterName + , pParameterValue + , pSource + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Error +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Signing.V4 +import qualified GHC.Exts + +-- | Version @2012-12-01@ of the Amazon Redshift service. +data Redshift + +instance AWSService Redshift where + type Sg Redshift = V4 + type Er Redshift = RESTError + + service = Service + { _svcEndpoint = regional + , _svcAbbrev = "Redshift" + , _svcPrefix = "redshift" + , _svcVersion = "2012-12-01" + , _svcTargetPrefix = Nothing + , _svcJSONVersion = Nothing + } + + handle = restError statusSuccess + +ns :: Text +ns = "http://redshift.amazonaws.com/doc/2012-12-01/" + +data Snapshot = Snapshot + { _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess :: List "AccountWithRestoreAccess" AccountWithRestoreAccess + , _sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes :: Maybe Double + , _sAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes :: Maybe Double + , _sClusterCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _sClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _sClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Maybe Double + , _sDBName :: Maybe Text + , _sElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Maybe Integer + , _sEncrypted :: Maybe Bool + , _sEncryptedWithHSM :: Maybe Bool + , _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion :: Maybe Integer + , _sKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text + , _sMasterUsername :: Maybe Text + , _sNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _sNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + , _sOwnerAccount :: Maybe Text + , _sPort :: Maybe Int + , _sSnapshotCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _sSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _sSnapshotType :: Maybe Text + , _sSourceRegion :: Maybe Text + , _sStatus :: Maybe Text + , _sTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes :: Maybe Double + , _sVpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'Snapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'sAccountsWithRestoreAccess' @::@ ['AccountWithRestoreAccess'] +-- +-- * 'sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'sAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sBackupProgressInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'sClusterCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'sClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'sDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sElapsedTimeInSeconds' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'sEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'sEncryptedWithHSM' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'sKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'sOwnerAccount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'sSnapshotCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'sSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sSnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sSourceRegion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'sVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +snapshot :: Snapshot +snapshot = Snapshot + { _sSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _sClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _sSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _sStatus = Nothing + , _sPort = Nothing + , _sAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sClusterCreateTime = Nothing + , _sMasterUsername = Nothing + , _sClusterVersion = Nothing + , _sSnapshotType = Nothing + , _sNodeType = Nothing + , _sNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _sDBName = Nothing + , _sVpcId = Nothing + , _sEncrypted = Nothing + , _sKmsKeyId = Nothing + , _sEncryptedWithHSM = Nothing + , _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = mempty + , _sOwnerAccount = Nothing + , _sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = Nothing + , _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion = Nothing + , _sElapsedTimeInSeconds = Nothing + , _sSourceRegion = Nothing + , _sTags = mempty + } + +-- | A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. +-- Returns null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot +-- owner. +sAccountsWithRestoreAccess :: Lens' Snapshot [AccountWithRestoreAccess] +sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = + lens _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess + (\s a -> s { _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = a }) + . _List + +-- | The size of the incremental backup. +sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) +sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = + lens _sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + (\s a -> s { _sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created. +sAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sAvailabilityZone = + lens _sAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _sAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot +-- backup. +sBackupProgressInMegaBytes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) +sBackupProgressInMegaBytes = + lens _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes + (\s a -> s { _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created. +sClusterCreateTime :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +sClusterCreateTime = + lens _sClusterCreateTime (\s a -> s { _sClusterCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken. +sClusterIdentifier :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sClusterIdentifier = + lens _sClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _sClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the +-- cluster. +sClusterVersion :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sClusterVersion = lens _sClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _sClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot +-- backup. Returns 0 for a completed backup. +sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) +sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = + lens _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + (\s a -> s { _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = a }) + +-- | The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created. +sDBName :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sDBName = lens _sDBName (\s a -> s { _sDBName = a }) + +-- | The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or +-- the amount of time it took a completed backup to finish. +sElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Integer) +sElapsedTimeInSeconds = + lens _sElapsedTimeInSeconds (\s a -> s { _sElapsedTimeInSeconds = a }) + +-- | If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest. +sEncrypted :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Bool) +sEncrypted = lens _sEncrypted (\s a -> s { _sEncrypted = a }) + +-- | A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the +-- HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted +-- using HSM keys. +sEncryptedWithHSM :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Bool) +sEncryptedWithHSM = + lens _sEncryptedWithHSM (\s a -> s { _sEncryptedWithHSM = a }) + +-- | The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will +-- complete. Returns 0 for a completed backup. +sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Integer) +sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion = + lens _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion + (\s a -> s { _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion = a }) + +-- | The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that +-- was used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was +-- taken. +sKmsKeyId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sKmsKeyId = lens _sKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _sKmsKeyId = a }) + +-- | The master user name for the cluster. +sMasterUsername :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sMasterUsername = lens _sMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _sMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | The node type of the nodes in the cluster. +sNodeType :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sNodeType = lens _sNodeType (\s a -> s { _sNodeType = a }) + +-- | The number of nodes in the cluster. +sNumberOfNodes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Int) +sNumberOfNodes = lens _sNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _sNumberOfNodes = a }) + +-- | For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the +-- snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner +-- can perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot. +sOwnerAccount :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sOwnerAccount = lens _sOwnerAccount (\s a -> s { _sOwnerAccount = a }) + +-- | The port that the cluster is listening on. +sPort :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Int) +sPort = lens _sPort (\s a -> s { _sPort = a }) + +-- | The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot +-- contains a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time. +sSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +sSnapshotCreateTime = + lens _sSnapshotCreateTime (\s a -> s { _sSnapshotCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request. +sSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _sSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _sSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and +-- CopyClusterSnapshot will be of type "manual". +sSnapshotType :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sSnapshotType = lens _sSnapshotType (\s a -> s { _sSnapshotType = a }) + +-- | The source region from which the snapshot was copied. +sSourceRegion :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sSourceRegion = lens _sSourceRegion (\s a -> s { _sSourceRegion = a }) + +-- | The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation +-- used. CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as +-- "creating". DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", +-- "available", "final snapshot", or "failed". DeleteClusterSnapshot returns +-- status as "deleted". +sStatus :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sStatus = lens _sStatus (\s a -> s { _sStatus = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the cluster snapshot. +sTags :: Lens' Snapshot [Tag] +sTags = lens _sTags (\s a -> s { _sTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore +-- the cluster. +sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) +sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = + lens _sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + (\s a -> s { _sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a +-- VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output. +sVpcId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sVpcId = lens _sVpcId (\s a -> s { _sVpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML Snapshot where + parseXML x = Snapshot + <$> x .@ "AccountsWithRestoreAccess" + <*> x .@? "ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "BackupProgressInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "ClusterCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "ClusterIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "ClusterVersion" + <*> x .@? "CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond" + <*> x .@? "DBName" + <*> x .@? "ElapsedTimeInSeconds" + <*> x .@? "Encrypted" + <*> x .@? "EncryptedWithHSM" + <*> x .@? "EstimatedSecondsToCompletion" + <*> x .@? "KmsKeyId" + <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + <*> x .@? "NumberOfNodes" + <*> x .@? "OwnerAccount" + <*> x .@? "Port" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotType" + <*> x .@? "SourceRegion" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + <*> x .@? "TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery Snapshot where + toQuery Snapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "AccountsWithRestoreAccess" =? _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess + , "ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes" =? _sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _sAvailabilityZone + , "BackupProgressInMegaBytes" =? _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes + , "ClusterCreateTime" =? _sClusterCreateTime + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _sClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterVersion" =? _sClusterVersion + , "CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond" =? _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + , "DBName" =? _sDBName + , "ElapsedTimeInSeconds" =? _sElapsedTimeInSeconds + , "Encrypted" =? _sEncrypted + , "EncryptedWithHSM" =? _sEncryptedWithHSM + , "EstimatedSecondsToCompletion" =? _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion + , "KmsKeyId" =? _sKmsKeyId + , "MasterUsername" =? _sMasterUsername + , "NodeType" =? _sNodeType + , "NumberOfNodes" =? _sNumberOfNodes + , "OwnerAccount" =? _sOwnerAccount + , "Port" =? _sPort + , "SnapshotCreateTime" =? _sSnapshotCreateTime + , "SnapshotIdentifier" =? _sSnapshotIdentifier + , "SnapshotType" =? _sSnapshotType + , "SourceRegion" =? _sSourceRegion + , "Status" =? _sStatus + , "Tags" =? _sTags + , "TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes" =? _sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes + , "VpcId" =? _sVpcId + ] + +data ClusterParameterGroup = ClusterParameterGroup + { _cpgDescription :: Maybe Text + , _cpgParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _cpgParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cpgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cpgDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cpgParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cpgParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cpgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +clusterParameterGroup :: ClusterParameterGroup +clusterParameterGroup = ClusterParameterGroup + { _cpgParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cpgParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _cpgDescription = Nothing + , _cpgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The description of the parameter group. +cpgDescription :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +cpgDescription = lens _cpgDescription (\s a -> s { _cpgDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster +-- parameter group is compatible with. +cpgParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +cpgParameterGroupFamily = + lens _cpgParameterGroupFamily (\s a -> s { _cpgParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. +cpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +cpgParameterGroupName = + lens _cpgParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _cpgParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the cluster parameter group. +cpgTags :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroup [Tag] +cpgTags = lens _cpgTags (\s a -> s { _cpgTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML ClusterParameterGroup where + parseXML x = ClusterParameterGroup + <$> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery ClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery ClusterParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "Description" =? _cpgDescription + , "ParameterGroupFamily" =? _cpgParameterGroupFamily + , "ParameterGroupName" =? _cpgParameterGroupName + , "Tags" =? _cpgTags + ] + +data RestoreStatus = RestoreStatus + { _rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Maybe Double + , _rsElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Maybe Integer + , _rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds :: Maybe Integer + , _rsProgressInMegaBytes :: Maybe Integer + , _rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes :: Maybe Integer + , _rsStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rsElapsedTimeInSeconds' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'rsProgressInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'rsStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +restoreStatus :: RestoreStatus +restoreStatus = RestoreStatus + { _rsStatus = Nothing + , _rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = Nothing + , _rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _rsProgressInMegaBytes = Nothing + , _rsElapsedTimeInSeconds = Nothing + , _rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup +-- storage. Returns the average rate for a completed backup. +rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Double) +rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = + lens _rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + (\s a -> s { _rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = a }) + +-- | The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount +-- of time it took a completed restore to finish. +rsElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Integer) +rsElapsedTimeInSeconds = + lens _rsElapsedTimeInSeconds (\s a -> s { _rsElapsedTimeInSeconds = a }) + +-- | The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. +-- Returns 0 for a completed restore. +rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Integer) +rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = + lens _rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds + (\s a -> s { _rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = a }) + +-- | The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage. +rsProgressInMegaBytes :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Integer) +rsProgressInMegaBytes = + lens _rsProgressInMegaBytes (\s a -> s { _rsProgressInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster. +rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Integer) +rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes = + lens _rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes + (\s a -> s { _rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes = a }) + +-- | The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed, +-- or failed. +rsStatus :: Lens' RestoreStatus (Maybe Text) +rsStatus = lens _rsStatus (\s a -> s { _rsStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML RestoreStatus where + parseXML x = RestoreStatus + <$> x .@? "CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond" + <*> x .@? "ElapsedTimeInSeconds" + <*> x .@? "EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds" + <*> x .@? "ProgressInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery RestoreStatus where + toQuery RestoreStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond" =? _rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond + , "ElapsedTimeInSeconds" =? _rsElapsedTimeInSeconds + , "EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds" =? _rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds + , "ProgressInMegaBytes" =? _rsProgressInMegaBytes + , "SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes" =? _rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes + , "Status" =? _rsStatus + ] + +data Event = Event + { _eDate :: Maybe RFC822 + , _eEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _eEventId :: Maybe Text + , _eMessage :: Maybe Text + , _eSeverity :: Maybe Text + , _eSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _eSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Event' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'eEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'eEventId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eSeverity' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +event :: Event +event = Event + { _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _eSourceType = Nothing + , _eMessage = Nothing + , _eEventCategories = mempty + , _eSeverity = Nothing + , _eDate = Nothing + , _eEventId = Nothing + } + +-- | The date and time of the event. +eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) +eDate = lens _eDate (\s a -> s { _eDate = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | A list of the event categories. +eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] +eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\s a -> s { _eEventCategories = a }) . _List + +-- | The identifier of the event. +eEventId :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eEventId = lens _eEventId (\s a -> s { _eEventId = a }) + +-- | The text of this event. +eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eMessage = lens _eMessage (\s a -> s { _eMessage = a }) + +-- | The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO. +eSeverity :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSeverity = lens _eSeverity (\s a -> s { _eSeverity = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the source of the event. +eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceIdentifier = + lens _eSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _eSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The source type for this event. +eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\s a -> s { _eSourceType = a }) + +instance FromXML Event where + parseXML x = Event + <$> x .@? "Date" + <*> x .@ "EventCategories" + <*> x .@? "EventId" + <*> x .@? "Message" + <*> x .@? "Severity" + <*> x .@? "SourceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery Event where + toQuery Event{..} = mconcat + [ "Date" =? _eDate + , "EventCategories" =? _eEventCategories + , "EventId" =? _eEventId + , "Message" =? _eMessage + , "Severity" =? _eSeverity + , "SourceIdentifier" =? _eSourceIdentifier + , "SourceType" =? _eSourceType + ] + +data ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + { _cscsDestinationRegion :: Maybe Text + , _cscsRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Integer + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cscsDestinationRegion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cscsRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +clusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus +clusterSnapshotCopyStatus = ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + { _cscsDestinationRegion = Nothing + , _cscsRetentionPeriod = Nothing + } + +-- | The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when +-- cross-region snapshot copy is enabled. +cscsDestinationRegion :: Lens' ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus (Maybe Text) +cscsDestinationRegion = + lens _cscsDestinationRegion (\s a -> s { _cscsDestinationRegion = a }) + +-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the +-- destination region after they are copied from a source region. +cscsRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus (Maybe Integer) +cscsRetentionPeriod = + lens _cscsRetentionPeriod (\s a -> s { _cscsRetentionPeriod = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus where + parseXML x = ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + <$> x .@? "DestinationRegion" + <*> x .@? "RetentionPeriod" + +instance ToQuery ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus where + toQuery ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "DestinationRegion" =? _cscsDestinationRegion + , "RetentionPeriod" =? _cscsRetentionPeriod + ] + +data Tag = Tag + { _tagKey :: Maybe Text + , _tagValue :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Tag' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'tagKey' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'tagValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +tag :: Tag +tag = Tag + { _tagKey = Nothing + , _tagValue = Nothing + } + +-- | The key, or name, for the resource tag. +tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagKey = lens _tagKey (\s a -> s { _tagKey = a }) + +-- | The value for the resource tag. +tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagValue = lens _tagValue (\s a -> s { _tagValue = a }) + +instance FromXML Tag where + parseXML x = Tag + <$> x .@? "Key" + <*> x .@? "Value" + +instance ToQuery Tag where + toQuery Tag{..} = mconcat + [ "Key" =? _tagKey + , "Value" =? _tagValue + ] + +data HsmClientCertificate = HsmClientCertificate + { _hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey :: Maybe Text + , _hccTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'HsmClientCertificate' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hccTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +hsmClientCertificate :: HsmClientCertificate +hsmClientCertificate = HsmClientCertificate + { _hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey = Nothing + , _hccTags = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier of the HSM client certificate. +hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' HsmClientCertificate (Maybe Text) +hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to +-- the HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM. +hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey :: Lens' HsmClientCertificate (Maybe Text) +hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey = + lens _hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey + (\s a -> s { _hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the HSM client certificate. +hccTags :: Lens' HsmClientCertificate [Tag] +hccTags = lens _hccTags (\s a -> s { _hccTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML HsmClientCertificate where + parseXML x = HsmClientCertificate + <$> x .@? "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "HsmClientCertificatePublicKey" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery HsmClientCertificate where + toQuery HsmClientCertificate{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _hccHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "HsmClientCertificatePublicKey" =? _hccHsmClientCertificatePublicKey + , "Tags" =? _hccTags + ] + +data Cluster = Cluster + { _cAllowVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _cAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _cClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterNodes :: List "ClusterNodes" ClusterNode + , _cClusterParameterGroups :: List "ClusterParameterGroup" ClusterParameterGroupStatus + , _cClusterPublicKey :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterRevisionNumber :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterSecurityGroups :: List "ClusterSecurityGroup" ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + , _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , _cClusterStatus :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _cDBName :: Maybe Text + , _cElasticIpStatus :: Maybe ElasticIpStatus + , _cEncrypted :: Maybe Bool + , _cEndpoint :: Maybe Endpoint + , _cHsmStatus :: Maybe HsmStatus + , _cKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text + , _cMasterUsername :: Maybe Text + , _cModifyStatus :: Maybe Text + , _cNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _cNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + , _cPendingModifiedValues :: Maybe PendingModifiedValues + , _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _cPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _cRestoreStatus :: Maybe RestoreStatus + , _cTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _cVpcId :: Maybe Text + , _cVpcSecurityGroups :: List "VpcSecurityGroup" VpcSecurityGroupMembership + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'Cluster' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cAllowVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'cClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterNodes' @::@ ['ClusterNode'] +-- +-- * 'cClusterParameterGroups' @::@ ['ClusterParameterGroupStatus'] +-- +-- * 'cClusterPublicKey' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterRevisionNumber' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterSecurityGroups' @::@ ['ClusterSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +-- * 'cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus' +-- +-- * 'cClusterStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cElasticIpStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ElasticIpStatus' +-- +-- * 'cEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cEndpoint' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Endpoint' +-- +-- * 'cHsmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'HsmStatus' +-- +-- * 'cKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cModifyStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cPendingModifiedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'PendingModifiedValues' +-- +-- * 'cPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cRestoreStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'RestoreStatus' +-- +-- * 'cTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'cVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cVpcSecurityGroups' @::@ ['VpcSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +cluster :: Cluster +cluster = Cluster + { _cClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _cNodeType = Nothing + , _cClusterStatus = Nothing + , _cModifyStatus = Nothing + , _cMasterUsername = Nothing + , _cDBName = Nothing + , _cEndpoint = Nothing + , _cClusterCreateTime = Nothing + , _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cClusterSecurityGroups = mempty + , _cVpcSecurityGroups = mempty + , _cClusterParameterGroups = mempty + , _cClusterSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cVpcId = Nothing + , _cAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cPendingModifiedValues = Nothing + , _cClusterVersion = Nothing + , _cAllowVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _cPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cEncrypted = Nothing + , _cRestoreStatus = Nothing + , _cHsmStatus = Nothing + , _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = Nothing + , _cClusterPublicKey = Nothing + , _cClusterNodes = mempty + , _cElasticIpStatus = Nothing + , _cClusterRevisionNumber = Nothing + , _cTags = mempty + , _cKmsKeyId = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the +-- cluster during the maintenance window. +cAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) +cAllowVersionUpgrade = + lens _cAllowVersionUpgrade (\s a -> s { _cAllowVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained. +cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Int) +cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = + lens _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located. +cAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cAvailabilityZone = + lens _cAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _cAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The date and time that the cluster was created. +cClusterCreateTime :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe UTCTime) +cClusterCreateTime = + lens _cClusterCreateTime (\s a -> s { _cClusterCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The unique identifier of the cluster. +cClusterIdentifier :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterIdentifier = + lens _cClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _cClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The nodes in a cluster. +cClusterNodes :: Lens' Cluster [ClusterNode] +cClusterNodes = lens _cClusterNodes (\s a -> s { _cClusterNodes = a }) . _List + +-- | The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this +-- cluster. +cClusterParameterGroups :: Lens' Cluster [ClusterParameterGroupStatus] +cClusterParameterGroups = + lens _cClusterParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _cClusterParameterGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | The public key for the cluster. +cClusterPublicKey :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterPublicKey = + lens _cClusterPublicKey (\s a -> s { _cClusterPublicKey = a }) + +-- | The specific revision number of the database in the cluster. +cClusterRevisionNumber :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterRevisionNumber = + lens _cClusterRevisionNumber (\s a -> s { _cClusterRevisionNumber = a }) + +-- | A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. +-- Each security group is represented by an element that contains +-- ClusterSecurityGroup.Name and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements. +-- Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in a +-- VPC. Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which +-- are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter. +cClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' Cluster [ClusterSecurityGroupMembership] +cClusterSecurityGroups = + lens _cClusterSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _cClusterSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured +-- for cross-region snapshot copy. +cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) +cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = + lens _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + (\s a -> s { _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = a }) + +-- | The current state of this cluster. Possible values include available, +-- creating, deleting, rebooting, renaming, and resizing. +cClusterStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterStatus = lens _cClusterStatus (\s a -> s { _cClusterStatus = a }) + +-- | The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This +-- parameter is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC. +cClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _cClusterSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the +-- cluster. +cClusterVersion :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cClusterVersion = lens _cClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _cClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was +-- created. This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an +-- initial database was not specified, a database named "dev" was created by +-- default. +cDBName :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cDBName = lens _cDBName (\s a -> s { _cDBName = a }) + +-- | Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address. +cElasticIpStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe ElasticIpStatus) +cElasticIpStatus = lens _cElasticIpStatus (\s a -> s { _cElasticIpStatus = a }) + +-- | If true, data in the cluster is encrypted at rest. +cEncrypted :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) +cEncrypted = lens _cEncrypted (\s a -> s { _cEncrypted = a }) + +-- | The connection endpoint. +cEndpoint :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Endpoint) +cEndpoint = lens _cEndpoint (\s a -> s { _cEndpoint = a }) + +-- | Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM +-- settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, +-- applying. +cHsmStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe HsmStatus) +cHsmStatus = lens _cHsmStatus (\s a -> s { _cHsmStatus = a }) + +-- | The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to +-- encrypt data in the cluster. +cKmsKeyId :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cKmsKeyId = lens _cKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _cKmsKeyId = a }) + +-- | The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the +-- database that is specified in DBName. +cMasterUsername :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cMasterUsername = lens _cMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _cMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster. +cModifyStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cModifyStatus = lens _cModifyStatus (\s a -> s { _cModifyStatus = a }) + +-- | The node type for the nodes in the cluster. +cNodeType :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cNodeType = lens _cNodeType (\s a -> s { _cNodeType = a }) + +-- | The number of compute nodes in the cluster. +cNumberOfNodes :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Int) +cNumberOfNodes = lens _cNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _cNumberOfNodes = a }) + +-- | If present, changes to the cluster are pending. Specific pending changes +-- are identified by subelements. +cPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) +cPendingModifiedValues = + lens _cPendingModifiedValues (\s a -> s { _cPendingModifiedValues = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur. +cPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. +cPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) +cPubliclyAccessible = + lens _cPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _cPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the +-- cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot. +cRestoreStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe RestoreStatus) +cRestoreStatus = lens _cRestoreStatus (\s a -> s { _cRestoreStatus = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the cluster. +cTags :: Lens' Cluster [Tag] +cTags = lens _cTags (\s a -> s { _cTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC. +cVpcId :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) +cVpcId = lens _cVpcId (\s a -> s { _cVpcId = a }) + +-- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups that are associated +-- with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster is in a +-- VPC. +cVpcSecurityGroups :: Lens' Cluster [VpcSecurityGroupMembership] +cVpcSecurityGroups = + lens _cVpcSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _cVpcSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +instance FromXML Cluster where + parseXML x = Cluster + <$> x .@? "AllowVersionUpgrade" + <*> x .@? "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" + <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "ClusterCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "ClusterIdentifier" + <*> x .@ "ClusterNodes" + <*> x .@ "ClusterParameterGroups" + <*> x .@? "ClusterPublicKey" + <*> x .@? "ClusterRevisionNumber" + <*> x .@ "ClusterSecurityGroups" + <*> x .@? "ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus" + <*> x .@? "ClusterStatus" + <*> x .@? "ClusterSubnetGroupName" + <*> x .@? "ClusterVersion" + <*> x .@? "DBName" + <*> x .@? "ElasticIpStatus" + <*> x .@? "Encrypted" + <*> x .@? "Endpoint" + <*> x .@? "HsmStatus" + <*> x .@? "KmsKeyId" + <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" + <*> x .@? "ModifyStatus" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + <*> x .@? "NumberOfNodes" + <*> x .@? "PendingModifiedValues" + <*> x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" + <*> x .@? "PubliclyAccessible" + <*> x .@? "RestoreStatus" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + <*> x .@ "VpcSecurityGroups" + +instance ToQuery Cluster where + toQuery Cluster{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowVersionUpgrade" =? _cAllowVersionUpgrade + , "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" =? _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _cAvailabilityZone + , "ClusterCreateTime" =? _cClusterCreateTime + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _cClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterNodes" =? _cClusterNodes + , "ClusterParameterGroups" =? _cClusterParameterGroups + , "ClusterPublicKey" =? _cClusterPublicKey + , "ClusterRevisionNumber" =? _cClusterRevisionNumber + , "ClusterSecurityGroups" =? _cClusterSecurityGroups + , "ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus" =? _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus + , "ClusterStatus" =? _cClusterStatus + , "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _cClusterSubnetGroupName + , "ClusterVersion" =? _cClusterVersion + , "DBName" =? _cDBName + , "ElasticIpStatus" =? _cElasticIpStatus + , "Encrypted" =? _cEncrypted + , "Endpoint" =? _cEndpoint + , "HsmStatus" =? _cHsmStatus + , "KmsKeyId" =? _cKmsKeyId + , "MasterUsername" =? _cMasterUsername + , "ModifyStatus" =? _cModifyStatus + , "NodeType" =? _cNodeType + , "NumberOfNodes" =? _cNumberOfNodes + , "PendingModifiedValues" =? _cPendingModifiedValues + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _cPubliclyAccessible + , "RestoreStatus" =? _cRestoreStatus + , "Tags" =? _cTags + , "VpcId" =? _cVpcId + , "VpcSecurityGroups" =? _cVpcSecurityGroups + ] + +data ClusterNode = ClusterNode + { _cnNodeRole :: Maybe Text + , _cnPrivateIPAddress :: Maybe Text + , _cnPublicIPAddress :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterNode' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cnNodeRole' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cnPrivateIPAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cnPublicIPAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterNode :: ClusterNode +clusterNode = ClusterNode + { _cnNodeRole = Nothing + , _cnPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _cnPublicIPAddress = Nothing + } + +-- | Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node. +cnNodeRole :: Lens' ClusterNode (Maybe Text) +cnNodeRole = lens _cnNodeRole (\s a -> s { _cnNodeRole = a }) + +-- | The private IP address of a node within a cluster. +cnPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ClusterNode (Maybe Text) +cnPrivateIPAddress = + lens _cnPrivateIPAddress (\s a -> s { _cnPrivateIPAddress = a }) + +-- | The public IP address of a node within a cluster. +cnPublicIPAddress :: Lens' ClusterNode (Maybe Text) +cnPublicIPAddress = + lens _cnPublicIPAddress (\s a -> s { _cnPublicIPAddress = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterNode where + parseXML x = ClusterNode + <$> x .@? "NodeRole" + <*> x .@? "PrivateIPAddress" + <*> x .@? "PublicIPAddress" + +instance ToQuery ClusterNode where + toQuery ClusterNode{..} = mconcat + [ "NodeRole" =? _cnNodeRole + , "PrivateIPAddress" =? _cnPrivateIPAddress + , "PublicIPAddress" =? _cnPublicIPAddress + ] + +data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup + { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgStatus :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'EC2SecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +ec2SecurityGroup :: EC2SecurityGroup +ec2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup + { _ecsgStatus = Nothing + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _ecsgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the EC2 Security Group. +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the +-- EC2SecurityGroupName field. +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +-- | The status of the EC2 security group. +ecsgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgStatus = lens _ecsgStatus (\s a -> s { _ecsgStatus = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the EC2 security group. +ecsgTags :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup [Tag] +ecsgTags = lens _ecsgTags (\s a -> s { _ecsgTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where + parseXML x = EC2SecurityGroup + <$> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery EC2SecurityGroup where + toQuery EC2SecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , "Status" =? _ecsgStatus + , "Tags" =? _ecsgTags + ] + +data OrderableClusterOption = OrderableClusterOption + { _ocoAvailabilityZones :: List "AvailabilityZone" AvailabilityZone + , _ocoClusterType :: Maybe Text + , _ocoClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ocoNodeType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'OrderableClusterOption' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ocoAvailabilityZones' @::@ ['AvailabilityZone'] +-- +-- * 'ocoClusterType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ocoClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ocoNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +orderableClusterOption :: OrderableClusterOption +orderableClusterOption = OrderableClusterOption + { _ocoClusterVersion = Nothing + , _ocoClusterType = Nothing + , _ocoNodeType = Nothing + , _ocoAvailabilityZones = mempty + } + +-- | A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster. +ocoAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption [AvailabilityZone] +ocoAvailabilityZones = + lens _ocoAvailabilityZones (\s a -> s { _ocoAvailabilityZones = a }) + . _List + +-- | The cluster type, for example multi-node. +ocoClusterType :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption (Maybe Text) +ocoClusterType = lens _ocoClusterType (\s a -> s { _ocoClusterType = a }) + +-- | The version of the orderable cluster. +ocoClusterVersion :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption (Maybe Text) +ocoClusterVersion = + lens _ocoClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _ocoClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The node type for the orderable cluster. +ocoNodeType :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption (Maybe Text) +ocoNodeType = lens _ocoNodeType (\s a -> s { _ocoNodeType = a }) + +instance FromXML OrderableClusterOption where + parseXML x = OrderableClusterOption + <$> x .@ "AvailabilityZones" + <*> x .@? "ClusterType" + <*> x .@? "ClusterVersion" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + +instance ToQuery OrderableClusterOption where + toQuery OrderableClusterOption{..} = mconcat + [ "AvailabilityZones" =? _ocoAvailabilityZones + , "ClusterType" =? _ocoClusterType + , "ClusterVersion" =? _ocoClusterVersion + , "NodeType" =? _ocoNodeType + ] + +data SourceType + = STCluster -- ^ cluster + | STClusterParameterGroup -- ^ cluster-parameter-group + | STClusterSecurityGroup -- ^ cluster-security-group + | STClusterSnapshot -- ^ cluster-snapshot + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic, Enum) + +instance Hashable SourceType + +instance FromText SourceType where + parser = match "cluster" STCluster + <|> match "cluster-parameter-group" STClusterParameterGroup + <|> match "cluster-security-group" STClusterSecurityGroup + <|> match "cluster-snapshot" STClusterSnapshot + +instance ToText SourceType where + toText = \case + STCluster -> "cluster" + STClusterParameterGroup -> "cluster-parameter-group" + STClusterSecurityGroup -> "cluster-security-group" + STClusterSnapshot -> "cluster-snapshot" + +instance FromXML SourceType where + parseXML = parseXMLText "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery SourceType where + toQuery = toQuery . toText + +data ClusterParameterGroupStatus = ClusterParameterGroupStatus + { _cpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Maybe Text + , _cpgsParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterParameterGroupStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cpgsParameterApplyStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cpgsParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterParameterGroupStatus :: ClusterParameterGroupStatus +clusterParameterGroupStatus = ClusterParameterGroupStatus + { _cpgsParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of parameter updates. +cpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +cpgsParameterApplyStatus = + lens _cpgsParameterApplyStatus + (\s a -> s { _cpgsParameterApplyStatus = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. +cpgsParameterGroupName :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +cpgsParameterGroupName = + lens _cpgsParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _cpgsParameterGroupName = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterParameterGroupStatus where + parseXML x = ClusterParameterGroupStatus + <$> x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupName" + +instance ToQuery ClusterParameterGroupStatus where + toQuery ClusterParameterGroupStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "ParameterApplyStatus" =? _cpgsParameterApplyStatus + , "ParameterGroupName" =? _cpgsParameterGroupName + ] + +data Subnet = Subnet + { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Maybe AvailabilityZone + , _sSubnetIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _sSubnetStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'Subnet' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'AvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +subnet :: Subnet +subnet = Subnet + { _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sSubnetStatus = Nothing + } + +sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) +sSubnetAvailabilityZone = + lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the subnet. +sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetIdentifier = + lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\s a -> s { _sSubnetIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The status of the subnet. +sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\s a -> s { _sSubnetStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML Subnet where + parseXML x = Subnet + <$> x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "SubnetIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SubnetStatus" + +instance ToQuery Subnet where + toQuery Subnet{..} = mconcat + [ "SubnetAvailabilityZone" =? _sSubnetAvailabilityZone + , "SubnetIdentifier" =? _sSubnetIdentifier + , "SubnetStatus" =? _sSubnetStatus + ] + +data ClusterSecurityGroup = ClusterSecurityGroup + { _csgClusterSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _csgDescription :: Maybe Text + , _csgEC2SecurityGroups :: List "EC2SecurityGroup" EC2SecurityGroup + , _csgIPRanges :: List "IPRange" IPRange + , _csgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'csgClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csgDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csgEC2SecurityGroups' @::@ ['EC2SecurityGroup'] +-- +-- * 'csgIPRanges' @::@ ['IPRange'] +-- +-- * 'csgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +clusterSecurityGroup :: ClusterSecurityGroup +clusterSecurityGroup = ClusterSecurityGroup + { _csgClusterSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _csgDescription = Nothing + , _csgEC2SecurityGroups = mempty + , _csgIPRanges = mempty + , _csgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was +-- applied. +csgClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +csgClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _csgClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _csgClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | A description of the security group. +csgDescription :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +csgDescription = lens _csgDescription (\s a -> s { _csgDescription = a }) + +-- | A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters +-- associated with this cluster security group. +csgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] +csgEC2SecurityGroups = + lens _csgEC2SecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _csgEC2SecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters +-- associated with this cluster security group. +csgIPRanges :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroup [IPRange] +csgIPRanges = lens _csgIPRanges (\s a -> s { _csgIPRanges = a }) . _List + +-- | The list of tags for the cluster security group. +csgTags :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroup [Tag] +csgTags = lens _csgTags (\s a -> s { _csgTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML ClusterSecurityGroup where + parseXML x = ClusterSecurityGroup + <$> x .@? "ClusterSecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@ "EC2SecurityGroups" + <*> x .@ "IPRanges" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery ClusterSecurityGroup where + toQuery ClusterSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _csgClusterSecurityGroupName + , "Description" =? _csgDescription + , "EC2SecurityGroups" =? _csgEC2SecurityGroups + , "IPRanges" =? _csgIPRanges + , "Tags" =? _csgTags + ] + +data DefaultClusterParameters = DefaultClusterParameters + { _dcpMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dcpParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _dcpParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DefaultClusterParameters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dcpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcpParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dcpParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +defaultClusterParameters :: DefaultClusterParameters +defaultClusterParameters = DefaultClusterParameters + { _dcpParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dcpMarker = Nothing + , _dcpParameters = mempty + } + +-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response +-- records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, +-- you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned +-- marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the +-- Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the +-- request. +dcpMarker :: Lens' DefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +dcpMarker = lens _dcpMarker (\s a -> s { _dcpMarker = a }) + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine +-- default parameters apply. +dcpParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +dcpParameterGroupFamily = + lens _dcpParameterGroupFamily (\s a -> s { _dcpParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The list of cluster default parameters. +dcpParameters :: Lens' DefaultClusterParameters [Parameter] +dcpParameters = lens _dcpParameters (\s a -> s { _dcpParameters = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML DefaultClusterParameters where + parseXML x = DefaultClusterParameters + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@ "Parameters" + +instance ToQuery DefaultClusterParameters where + toQuery DefaultClusterParameters{..} = mconcat + [ "Marker" =? _dcpMarker + , "ParameterGroupFamily" =? _dcpParameterGroupFamily + , "Parameters" =? _dcpParameters + ] + +data ClusterSubnetGroup = ClusterSubnetGroup + { _csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _csg1Description :: Maybe Text + , _csg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Maybe Text + , _csg1Subnets :: List "Subnet" Subnet + , _csg1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _csg1VpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csg1Description' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csg1SubnetGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csg1Subnets' @::@ ['Subnet'] +-- +-- * 'csg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'csg1VpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterSubnetGroup :: ClusterSubnetGroup +clusterSubnetGroup = ClusterSubnetGroup + { _csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _csg1Description = Nothing + , _csg1VpcId = Nothing + , _csg1SubnetGroupStatus = Nothing + , _csg1Subnets = mempty + , _csg1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the cluster subnet group. +csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = + lens _csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The description of the cluster subnet group. +csg1Description :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +csg1Description = lens _csg1Description (\s a -> s { _csg1Description = a }) + +-- | The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, +-- Incomplete and Invalid. +csg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +csg1SubnetGroupStatus = + lens _csg1SubnetGroupStatus (\s a -> s { _csg1SubnetGroupStatus = a }) + +-- | A list of the VPC Subnet elements. +csg1Subnets :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup [Subnet] +csg1Subnets = lens _csg1Subnets (\s a -> s { _csg1Subnets = a }) . _List + +-- | The list of tags for the cluster subnet group. +csg1Tags :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup [Tag] +csg1Tags = lens _csg1Tags (\s a -> s { _csg1Tags = a }) . _List + +-- | The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group. +csg1VpcId :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +csg1VpcId = lens _csg1VpcId (\s a -> s { _csg1VpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterSubnetGroup where + parseXML x = ClusterSubnetGroup + <$> x .@? "ClusterSubnetGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus" + <*> x .@ "Subnets" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery ClusterSubnetGroup where + toQuery ClusterSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSubnetGroupName" =? _csg1ClusterSubnetGroupName + , "Description" =? _csg1Description + , "SubnetGroupStatus" =? _csg1SubnetGroupStatus + , "Subnets" =? _csg1Subnets + , "Tags" =? _csg1Tags + , "VpcId" =? _csg1VpcId + ] + +data EventInfoMap = EventInfoMap + { _eimEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _eimEventDescription :: Maybe Text + , _eimEventId :: Maybe Text + , _eimSeverity :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EventInfoMap' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eimEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'eimEventDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eimEventId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eimSeverity' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +eventInfoMap :: EventInfoMap +eventInfoMap = EventInfoMap + { _eimEventId = Nothing + , _eimEventCategories = mempty + , _eimEventDescription = Nothing + , _eimSeverity = Nothing + } + +-- | The category of an Amazon Redshift event. +eimEventCategories :: Lens' EventInfoMap [Text] +eimEventCategories = + lens _eimEventCategories (\s a -> s { _eimEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | The description of an Amazon Redshift event. +eimEventDescription :: Lens' EventInfoMap (Maybe Text) +eimEventDescription = + lens _eimEventDescription (\s a -> s { _eimEventDescription = a }) + +-- | The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event. +eimEventId :: Lens' EventInfoMap (Maybe Text) +eimEventId = lens _eimEventId (\s a -> s { _eimEventId = a }) + +-- | The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO. +eimSeverity :: Lens' EventInfoMap (Maybe Text) +eimSeverity = lens _eimSeverity (\s a -> s { _eimSeverity = a }) + +instance FromXML EventInfoMap where + parseXML x = EventInfoMap + <$> x .@ "EventCategories" + <*> x .@? "EventDescription" + <*> x .@? "EventId" + <*> x .@? "Severity" + +instance ToQuery EventInfoMap where + toQuery EventInfoMap{..} = mconcat + [ "EventCategories" =? _eimEventCategories + , "EventDescription" =? _eimEventDescription + , "EventId" =? _eimEventId + , "Severity" =? _eimSeverity + ] + +data ClusterSecurityGroupMembership = ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + { _csgmClusterSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _csgmStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'csgmClusterSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterSecurityGroupMembership :: ClusterSecurityGroupMembership +clusterSecurityGroupMembership = ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + { _csgmClusterSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _csgmStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the cluster security group. +csgmClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +csgmClusterSecurityGroupName = + lens _csgmClusterSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _csgmClusterSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the cluster security group. +csgmStatus :: Lens' ClusterSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +csgmStatus = lens _csgmStatus (\s a -> s { _csgmStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x = ClusterSecurityGroupMembership + <$> x .@? "ClusterSecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery ClusterSecurityGroupMembership where + toQuery ClusterSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterSecurityGroupName" =? _csgmClusterSecurityGroupName + , "Status" =? _csgmStatus + ] + +data ReservedNodeOffering = ReservedNodeOffering + { _rnoCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text + , _rnoDuration :: Maybe Int + , _rnoFixedPrice :: Maybe Double + , _rnoNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _rnoOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _rnoRecurringCharges :: List "RecurringCharge" RecurringCharge + , _rnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Maybe Text + , _rnoUsagePrice :: Maybe Double + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ReservedNodeOffering' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rnoCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnoDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rnoFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rnoNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnoOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnoRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] +-- +-- * 'rnoReservedNodeOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnoUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +reservedNodeOffering :: ReservedNodeOffering +reservedNodeOffering = ReservedNodeOffering + { _rnoReservedNodeOfferingId = Nothing + , _rnoNodeType = Nothing + , _rnoDuration = Nothing + , _rnoFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rnoUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rnoCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rnoOfferingType = Nothing + , _rnoRecurringCharges = mempty + } + +-- | The currency code for the compute nodes offering. +rnoCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Text) +rnoCurrencyCode = lens _rnoCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rnoCurrencyCode = a }) + +-- | The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node. +rnoDuration :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Int) +rnoDuration = lens _rnoDuration (\s a -> s { _rnoDuration = a }) + +-- | The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved +-- node offering. +rnoFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Double) +rnoFixedPrice = lens _rnoFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rnoFixedPrice = a }) + +-- | The node type offered by the reserved node offering. +rnoNodeType :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Text) +rnoNodeType = lens _rnoNodeType (\s a -> s { _rnoNodeType = a }) + +-- | The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the +-- reserved node offering. +rnoOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Text) +rnoOfferingType = lens _rnoOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rnoOfferingType = a }) + +-- | The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any +-- clusters using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect +-- for heavy-utilization reserved nodes. +rnoRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering [RecurringCharge] +rnoRecurringCharges = + lens _rnoRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rnoRecurringCharges = a }) + . _List + +-- | The offering identifier. +rnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Text) +rnoReservedNodeOfferingId = + lens _rnoReservedNodeOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _rnoReservedNodeOfferingId = a }) + +-- | The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the +-- offering is running. +rnoUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Double) +rnoUsagePrice = lens _rnoUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rnoUsagePrice = a }) + +instance FromXML ReservedNodeOffering where + parseXML x = ReservedNodeOffering + <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" + <*> x .@? "Duration" + <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + <*> x .@? "OfferingType" + <*> x .@ "RecurringCharges" + <*> x .@? "ReservedNodeOfferingId" + <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" + +instance ToQuery ReservedNodeOffering where + toQuery ReservedNodeOffering{..} = mconcat + [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rnoCurrencyCode + , "Duration" =? _rnoDuration + , "FixedPrice" =? _rnoFixedPrice + , "NodeType" =? _rnoNodeType + , "OfferingType" =? _rnoOfferingType + , "RecurringCharges" =? _rnoRecurringCharges + , "ReservedNodeOfferingId" =? _rnoReservedNodeOfferingId + , "UsagePrice" =? _rnoUsagePrice + ] + +data ReservedNode = ReservedNode + { _rnCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text + , _rnDuration :: Maybe Int + , _rnFixedPrice :: Maybe Double + , _rnNodeCount :: Maybe Int + , _rnNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _rnOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _rnRecurringCharges :: List "RecurringCharge" RecurringCharge + , _rnReservedNodeId :: Maybe Text + , _rnReservedNodeOfferingId :: Maybe Text + , _rnStartTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _rnState :: Maybe Text + , _rnUsagePrice :: Maybe Double + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ReservedNode' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rnCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rnFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rnNodeCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rnNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] +-- +-- * 'rnReservedNodeId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnReservedNodeOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'rnState' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rnUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +reservedNode :: ReservedNode +reservedNode = ReservedNode + { _rnReservedNodeId = Nothing + , _rnReservedNodeOfferingId = Nothing + , _rnNodeType = Nothing + , _rnStartTime = Nothing + , _rnDuration = Nothing + , _rnFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rnUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rnCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rnNodeCount = Nothing + , _rnState = Nothing + , _rnOfferingType = Nothing + , _rnRecurringCharges = mempty + } + +-- | The currency code for the reserved cluster. +rnCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnCurrencyCode = lens _rnCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rnCurrencyCode = a }) + +-- | The duration of the node reservation in seconds. +rnDuration :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Int) +rnDuration = lens _rnDuration (\s a -> s { _rnDuration = a }) + +-- | The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charged you for this reserved node. +rnFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Double) +rnFixedPrice = lens _rnFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rnFixedPrice = a }) + +-- | The number of reserved compute nodes. +rnNodeCount :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Int) +rnNodeCount = lens _rnNodeCount (\s a -> s { _rnNodeCount = a }) + +-- | The node type of the reserved node. +rnNodeType :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnNodeType = lens _rnNodeType (\s a -> s { _rnNodeType = a }) + +-- | The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the +-- reserved node offering. +rnOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnOfferingType = lens _rnOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rnOfferingType = a }) + +-- | The recurring charges for the reserved node. +rnRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedNode [RecurringCharge] +rnRecurringCharges = + lens _rnRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rnRecurringCharges = a }) + . _List + +-- | The unique identifier for the reservation. +rnReservedNodeId :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnReservedNodeId = lens _rnReservedNodeId (\s a -> s { _rnReservedNodeId = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the reserved node offering. +rnReservedNodeOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnReservedNodeOfferingId = + lens _rnReservedNodeOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _rnReservedNodeOfferingId = a }) + +-- | The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering +-- for a duration. This is the start time of that duration. +rnStartTime :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe UTCTime) +rnStartTime = lens _rnStartTime (\s a -> s { _rnStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | The state of the reserved compute node. Possible Values: +-- pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the +-- sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed. +-- active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for +-- use. payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt. +rnState :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) +rnState = lens _rnState (\s a -> s { _rnState = a }) + +-- | The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charge you for this reserved node. +rnUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Double) +rnUsagePrice = lens _rnUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rnUsagePrice = a }) + +instance FromXML ReservedNode where + parseXML x = ReservedNode + <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" + <*> x .@? "Duration" + <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" + <*> x .@? "NodeCount" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + <*> x .@? "OfferingType" + <*> x .@ "RecurringCharges" + <*> x .@? "ReservedNodeId" + <*> x .@? "ReservedNodeOfferingId" + <*> x .@? "StartTime" + <*> x .@? "State" + <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" + +instance ToQuery ReservedNode where + toQuery ReservedNode{..} = mconcat + [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rnCurrencyCode + , "Duration" =? _rnDuration + , "FixedPrice" =? _rnFixedPrice + , "NodeCount" =? _rnNodeCount + , "NodeType" =? _rnNodeType + , "OfferingType" =? _rnOfferingType + , "RecurringCharges" =? _rnRecurringCharges + , "ReservedNodeId" =? _rnReservedNodeId + , "ReservedNodeOfferingId" =? _rnReservedNodeOfferingId + , "StartTime" =? _rnStartTime + , "State" =? _rnState + , "UsagePrice" =? _rnUsagePrice + ] + +data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus + { _lsBucketName :: Maybe Text + , _lsLastFailureMessage :: Maybe Text + , _lsLastFailureTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _lsLoggingEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _lsS3KeyPrefix :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'LoggingStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'lsBucketName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'lsLastFailureMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'lsLastFailureTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'lsLoggingEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'lsS3KeyPrefix' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +loggingStatus :: LoggingStatus +loggingStatus = LoggingStatus + { _lsLoggingEnabled = Nothing + , _lsBucketName = Nothing + , _lsS3KeyPrefix = Nothing + , _lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = Nothing + , _lsLastFailureTime = Nothing + , _lsLastFailureMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored. +lsBucketName :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Text) +lsBucketName = lens _lsBucketName (\s a -> s { _lsBucketName = a }) + +-- | The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered. +lsLastFailureMessage :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Text) +lsLastFailureMessage = + lens _lsLastFailureMessage (\s a -> s { _lsLastFailureMessage = a }) + +-- | The last time when logs failed to be delivered. +lsLastFailureTime :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe UTCTime) +lsLastFailureTime = + lens _lsLastFailureTime (\s a -> s { _lsLastFailureTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The last time when logs were delivered. +lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe UTCTime) +lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = + lens _lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + (\s a -> s { _lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | true if logging is on, false if logging is off. +lsLoggingEnabled :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Bool) +lsLoggingEnabled = lens _lsLoggingEnabled (\s a -> s { _lsLoggingEnabled = a }) + +-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. +lsS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Text) +lsS3KeyPrefix = lens _lsS3KeyPrefix (\s a -> s { _lsS3KeyPrefix = a }) + +instance FromXML LoggingStatus where + parseXML x = LoggingStatus + <$> x .@? "BucketName" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureMessage" + <*> x .@? "LastFailureTime" + <*> x .@? "LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime" + <*> x .@? "LoggingEnabled" + <*> x .@? "S3KeyPrefix" + +instance ToQuery LoggingStatus where + toQuery LoggingStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "BucketName" =? _lsBucketName + , "LastFailureMessage" =? _lsLastFailureMessage + , "LastFailureTime" =? _lsLastFailureTime + , "LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime" =? _lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime + , "LoggingEnabled" =? _lsLoggingEnabled + , "S3KeyPrefix" =? _lsS3KeyPrefix + ] + +newtype AccountWithRestoreAccess = AccountWithRestoreAccess + { _awraAccountId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'AccountWithRestoreAccess' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'awraAccountId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +accountWithRestoreAccess :: AccountWithRestoreAccess +accountWithRestoreAccess = AccountWithRestoreAccess + { _awraAccountId = Nothing + } + +-- | The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a +-- snapshot. +awraAccountId :: Lens' AccountWithRestoreAccess (Maybe Text) +awraAccountId = lens _awraAccountId (\s a -> s { _awraAccountId = a }) + +instance FromXML AccountWithRestoreAccess where + parseXML x = AccountWithRestoreAccess + <$> x .@? "AccountId" + +instance ToQuery AccountWithRestoreAccess where + toQuery AccountWithRestoreAccess{..} = mconcat + [ "AccountId" =? _awraAccountId + ] + +newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone + { _azName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'AvailabilityZone' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'azName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +availabilityZone :: AvailabilityZone +availabilityZone = AvailabilityZone + { _azName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the availability zone. +azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azName = lens _azName (\s a -> s { _azName = a }) + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where + parseXML x = AvailabilityZone + <$> x .@? "Name" + +instance ToQuery AvailabilityZone where + toQuery AvailabilityZone{..} = mconcat + [ "Name" =? _azName + ] + +data EventSubscription = EventSubscription + { _esCustSubscriptionId :: Maybe Text + , _esCustomerAwsId :: Maybe Text + , _esEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _esEventCategoriesList :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _esSeverity :: Maybe Text + , _esSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text + , _esSourceIdsList :: List "SourceId" Text + , _esSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _esStatus :: Maybe Text + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _esTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'EventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esCustomerAwsId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'esEventCategoriesList' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'esSeverity' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esSourceIdsList' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'esSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'esTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +eventSubscription :: EventSubscription +eventSubscription = EventSubscription + { _esCustomerAwsId = Nothing + , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing + , _esSnsTopicArn = Nothing + , _esStatus = Nothing + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing + , _esSourceType = Nothing + , _esSourceIdsList = mempty + , _esEventCategoriesList = mempty + , _esSeverity = Nothing + , _esEnabled = Nothing + , _esTags = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustSubscriptionId = + lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\s a -> s { _esCustSubscriptionId = a }) + +-- | The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event +-- notification subscription. +esCustomerAwsId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustomerAwsId = lens _esCustomerAwsId (\s a -> s { _esCustomerAwsId = a }) + +-- | A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. true +-- indicates the subscription is enabled. +esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\s a -> s { _esEnabled = a }) + +-- | The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event +-- notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, +-- Security. +esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esEventCategoriesList = + lens _esEventCategoriesList (\s a -> s { _esEventCategoriesList = a }) + . _List + +-- | The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification +-- subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO. +esSeverity :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSeverity = lens _esSeverity (\s a -> s { _esSeverity = a }) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event +-- notification subscription. +esSnsTopicArn :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSnsTopicArn = lens _esSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _esSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event +-- notification subscription. +esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\s a -> s { _esSourceIdsList = a }) . _List + +-- | The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event +-- notification, such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot. +esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\s a -> s { _esSourceType = a }) + +-- | The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +-- Constraints: Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | +-- topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift +-- no longer has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status +-- "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the +-- subscription was created. +esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esStatus = lens _esStatus (\s a -> s { _esStatus = a }) + +-- | The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was +-- created. +esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe UTCTime) +esSubscriptionCreationTime = + lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime + (\s a -> s { _esSubscriptionCreationTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The list of tags for the event subscription. +esTags :: Lens' EventSubscription [Tag] +esTags = lens _esTags (\s a -> s { _esTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML EventSubscription where + parseXML x = EventSubscription + <$> x .@? "CustSubscriptionId" + <*> x .@? "CustomerAwsId" + <*> x .@? "Enabled" + <*> x .@ "EventCategoriesList" + <*> x .@? "Severity" + <*> x .@? "SnsTopicArn" + <*> x .@ "SourceIdsList" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery EventSubscription where + toQuery EventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "CustSubscriptionId" =? _esCustSubscriptionId + , "CustomerAwsId" =? _esCustomerAwsId + , "Enabled" =? _esEnabled + , "EventCategoriesList" =? _esEventCategoriesList + , "Severity" =? _esSeverity + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _esSnsTopicArn + , "SourceIdsList" =? _esSourceIdsList + , "SourceType" =? _esSourceType + , "Status" =? _esStatus + , "SubscriptionCreationTime" =? _esSubscriptionCreationTime + , "Tags" =? _esTags + ] + +data HsmStatus = HsmStatus + { _hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _hsStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'HsmStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hsStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +hsmStatus :: HsmStatus +hsmStatus = HsmStatus + { _hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _hsStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift +-- cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. +hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' HsmStatus (Maybe Text) +hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = + lens _hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information +-- the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. +hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' HsmStatus (Maybe Text) +hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM +-- settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, +-- applying. +hsStatus :: Lens' HsmStatus (Maybe Text) +hsStatus = lens _hsStatus (\s a -> s { _hsStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML HsmStatus where + parseXML x = HsmStatus + <$> x .@? "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery HsmStatus where + toQuery HsmStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" =? _hsHsmClientCertificateIdentifier + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _hsHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "Status" =? _hsStatus + ] + +data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + { _cpgnmParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage +clusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + { _cpgnmParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. +cpgnmParameterGroupName :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +cpgnmParameterGroupName = + lens _cpgnmParameterGroupName (\s a -> s { _cpgnmParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a +-- parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a +-- reboot of an associated cluster. +cpgnmParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +cpgnmParameterGroupStatus = + lens _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus + (\s a -> s { _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage where + parseXML x = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + <$> x .@? "ParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterGroupStatus" + +instance ToQuery ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage where + toQuery ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{..} = mconcat + [ "ParameterGroupName" =? _cpgnmParameterGroupName + , "ParameterGroupStatus" =? _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus + ] + +data ElasticIpStatus = ElasticIpStatus + { _eisElasticIp :: Maybe Text + , _eisStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ElasticIpStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eisElasticIp' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eisStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +elasticIpStatus :: ElasticIpStatus +elasticIpStatus = ElasticIpStatus + { _eisElasticIp = Nothing + , _eisStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. +eisElasticIp :: Lens' ElasticIpStatus (Maybe Text) +eisElasticIp = lens _eisElasticIp (\s a -> s { _eisElasticIp = a }) + +-- | Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address. +eisStatus :: Lens' ElasticIpStatus (Maybe Text) +eisStatus = lens _eisStatus (\s a -> s { _eisStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML ElasticIpStatus where + parseXML x = ElasticIpStatus + <$> x .@? "ElasticIp" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery ElasticIpStatus where + toQuery ElasticIpStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "ElasticIp" =? _eisElasticIp + , "Status" =? _eisStatus + ] + +data ClusterVersion = ClusterVersion + { _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _cvClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _cvDescription :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ClusterVersion' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cvClusterParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cvClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cvDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +clusterVersion :: ClusterVersion +clusterVersion = ClusterVersion + { _cvClusterVersion = Nothing + , _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _cvDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster. +cvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' ClusterVersion (Maybe Text) +cvClusterParameterGroupFamily = + lens _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The version number used by the cluster. +cvClusterVersion :: Lens' ClusterVersion (Maybe Text) +cvClusterVersion = lens _cvClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _cvClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The description of the cluster version. +cvDescription :: Lens' ClusterVersion (Maybe Text) +cvDescription = lens _cvDescription (\s a -> s { _cvDescription = a }) + +instance FromXML ClusterVersion where + parseXML x = ClusterVersion + <$> x .@? "ClusterParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@? "ClusterVersion" + <*> x .@? "Description" + +instance ToQuery ClusterVersion where + toQuery ClusterVersion{..} = mconcat + [ "ClusterParameterGroupFamily" =? _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily + , "ClusterVersion" =? _cvClusterVersion + , "Description" =? _cvDescription + ] + +data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge + { _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Maybe Double + , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RecurringCharge' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +recurringCharge :: RecurringCharge +recurringCharge = RecurringCharge + { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing + , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing + } + +-- | The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring +-- charge frequency. +rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) +rcRecurringChargeAmount = + lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = a }) + +-- | The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied. +rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) +rcRecurringChargeFrequency = + lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency + (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a }) + +instance FromXML RecurringCharge where + parseXML x = RecurringCharge + <$> x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount" + <*> x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency" + +instance ToQuery RecurringCharge where + toQuery RecurringCharge{..} = mconcat + [ "RecurringChargeAmount" =? _rcRecurringChargeAmount + , "RecurringChargeFrequency" =? _rcRecurringChargeFrequency + ] + +data Endpoint = Endpoint + { _eAddress :: Maybe Text + , _ePort :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Endpoint' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ePort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +endpoint :: Endpoint +endpoint = Endpoint + { _eAddress = Nothing + , _ePort = Nothing + } + +-- | The DNS address of the Cluster. +eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) +eAddress = lens _eAddress (\s a -> s { _eAddress = a }) + +-- | The port that the database engine is listening on. +ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) +ePort = lens _ePort (\s a -> s { _ePort = a }) + +instance FromXML Endpoint where + parseXML x = Endpoint + <$> x .@? "Address" + <*> x .@? "Port" + +instance ToQuery Endpoint where + toQuery Endpoint{..} = mconcat + [ "Address" =? _eAddress + , "Port" =? _ePort + ] + +data IPRange = IPRange + { _iprCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _iprStatus :: Maybe Text + , _iprTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'IPRange' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'iprCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'iprStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'iprTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +iprange :: IPRange +iprange = IPRange + { _iprStatus = Nothing + , _iprCIDRIP = Nothing + , _iprTags = mempty + } + +-- | The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. +iprCIDRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +iprCIDRIP = lens _iprCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _iprCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized". +iprStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +iprStatus = lens _iprStatus (\s a -> s { _iprStatus = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the IP range. +iprTags :: Lens' IPRange [Tag] +iprTags = lens _iprTags (\s a -> s { _iprTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML IPRange where + parseXML x = IPRange + <$> x .@? "CIDRIP" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery IPRange where + toQuery IPRange{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _iprCIDRIP + , "Status" =? _iprStatus + , "Tags" =? _iprTags + ] + +data TaggedResource = TaggedResource + { _trResourceName :: Maybe Text + , _trResourceType :: Maybe Text + , _trTag :: Maybe Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'TaggedResource' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'trResourceName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'trResourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'trTag' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Tag' +-- +taggedResource :: TaggedResource +taggedResource = TaggedResource + { _trTag = Nothing + , _trResourceName = Nothing + , _trResourceType = Nothing + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For +-- example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. +trResourceName :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Text) +trResourceName = lens _trResourceName (\s a -> s { _trResourceName = a }) + +-- | The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource +-- types are: Cluster CIDR/IP EC2 security group Snapshot Cluster security +-- group Subnet group HSM connection HSM certificate Parameter group For +-- more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing +-- ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in +-- the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +trResourceType :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Text) +trResourceType = lens _trResourceType (\s a -> s { _trResourceType = a }) + +-- | The tag for the resource. +trTag :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Tag) +trTag = lens _trTag (\s a -> s { _trTag = a }) + +instance FromXML TaggedResource where + parseXML x = TaggedResource + <$> x .@? "ResourceName" + <*> x .@? "ResourceType" + <*> x .@? "Tag" + +instance ToQuery TaggedResource where + toQuery TaggedResource{..} = mconcat + [ "ResourceName" =? _trResourceName + , "ResourceType" =? _trResourceType + , "Tag" =? _trTag + ] + +data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap + { _ecmEvents :: List "EventInfoMap" EventInfoMap + , _ecmSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'EventCategoriesMap' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ecmEvents' @::@ ['EventInfoMap'] +-- +-- * 'ecmSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +eventCategoriesMap :: EventCategoriesMap +eventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap + { _ecmSourceType = Nothing + , _ecmEvents = mempty + } + +-- | The events in the event category. +ecmEvents :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [EventInfoMap] +ecmEvents = lens _ecmEvents (\s a -> s { _ecmEvents = a }) . _List + +-- | The Amazon Redshift source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, +-- that the returned categories belong to. +ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) +ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\s a -> s { _ecmSourceType = a }) + +instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where + parseXML x = EventCategoriesMap + <$> x .@ "Events" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery EventCategoriesMap where + toQuery EventCategoriesMap{..} = mconcat + [ "Events" =? _ecmEvents + , "SourceType" =? _ecmSourceType + ] + +data HsmConfiguration = HsmConfiguration + { _hcDescription :: Maybe Text + , _hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _hcHsmIpAddress :: Maybe Text + , _hcHsmPartitionName :: Maybe Text + , _hcTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'HsmConfiguration' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'hcDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hcHsmIpAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hcHsmPartitionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'hcTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +hsmConfiguration :: HsmConfiguration +hsmConfiguration = HsmConfiguration + { _hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing + , _hcDescription = Nothing + , _hcHsmIpAddress = Nothing + , _hcHsmPartitionName = Nothing + , _hcTags = mempty + } + +-- | A text description of the HSM configuration. +hcDescription :: Lens' HsmConfiguration (Maybe Text) +hcDescription = lens _hcDescription (\s a -> s { _hcDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. +hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' HsmConfiguration (Maybe Text) +hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = + lens _hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the +-- HSM. +hcHsmIpAddress :: Lens' HsmConfiguration (Maybe Text) +hcHsmIpAddress = lens _hcHsmIpAddress (\s a -> s { _hcHsmIpAddress = a }) + +-- | The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters +-- will store their database encryption keys. +hcHsmPartitionName :: Lens' HsmConfiguration (Maybe Text) +hcHsmPartitionName = + lens _hcHsmPartitionName (\s a -> s { _hcHsmPartitionName = a }) + +-- | The list of tags for the HSM configuration. +hcTags :: Lens' HsmConfiguration [Tag] +hcTags = lens _hcTags (\s a -> s { _hcTags = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML HsmConfiguration where + parseXML x = HsmConfiguration + <$> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "HsmIpAddress" + <*> x .@? "HsmPartitionName" + <*> x .@ "Tags" + +instance ToQuery HsmConfiguration where + toQuery HsmConfiguration{..} = mconcat + [ "Description" =? _hcDescription + , "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =? _hcHsmConfigurationIdentifier + , "HsmIpAddress" =? _hcHsmIpAddress + , "HsmPartitionName" =? _hcHsmPartitionName + , "Tags" =? _hcTags + ] + +data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues + { _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _pmvClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _pmvClusterType :: Maybe Text + , _pmvClusterVersion :: Maybe Text + , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text + , _pmvNodeType :: Maybe Text + , _pmvNumberOfNodes :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'PendingModifiedValues' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'pmvClusterIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvClusterType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvClusterVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvNodeType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvNumberOfNodes' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +pendingModifiedValues :: PendingModifiedValues +pendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues + { _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _pmvNodeType = Nothing + , _pmvNumberOfNodes = Nothing + , _pmvClusterType = Nothing + , _pmvClusterVersion = Nothing + , _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _pmvClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention +-- period. +pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = + lens _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster. +pmvClusterIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvClusterIdentifier = + lens _pmvClusterIdentifier (\s a -> s { _pmvClusterIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type. +pmvClusterType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvClusterType = lens _pmvClusterType (\s a -> s { _pmvClusterType = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the service version. +pmvClusterVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvClusterVersion = + lens _pmvClusterVersion (\s a -> s { _pmvClusterVersion = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the +-- cluster. +pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvMasterUserPassword = + lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _pmvMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type. +pmvNodeType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvNodeType = lens _pmvNodeType (\s a -> s { _pmvNodeType = a }) + +-- | The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster. +pmvNumberOfNodes :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvNumberOfNodes = lens _pmvNumberOfNodes (\s a -> s { _pmvNumberOfNodes = a }) + +instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where + parseXML x = PendingModifiedValues + <$> x .@? "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" + <*> x .@? "ClusterIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "ClusterType" + <*> x .@? "ClusterVersion" + <*> x .@? "MasterUserPassword" + <*> x .@? "NodeType" + <*> x .@? "NumberOfNodes" + +instance ToQuery PendingModifiedValues where + toQuery PendingModifiedValues{..} = mconcat + [ "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod" =? _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod + , "ClusterIdentifier" =? _pmvClusterIdentifier + , "ClusterType" =? _pmvClusterType + , "ClusterVersion" =? _pmvClusterVersion + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _pmvMasterUserPassword + , "NodeType" =? _pmvNodeType + , "NumberOfNodes" =? _pmvNumberOfNodes + ] + +data VpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + { _vsgmStatus :: Maybe Text + , _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'VpcSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'vsgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +vpcSecurityGroupMembership :: VpcSecurityGroupMembership +vpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _vsgmStatus = Nothing + } + +vsgmStatus :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\s a -> s { _vsgmStatus = a }) + +vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = + lens _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId (\s a -> s { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = a }) + +instance FromXML VpcSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + <$> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId" + +instance ToQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership where + toQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat + [ "Status" =? _vsgmStatus + , "VpcSecurityGroupId" =? _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId + ] + +data Parameter = Parameter + { _pAllowedValues :: Maybe Text + , _pDataType :: Maybe Text + , _pDescription :: Maybe Text + , _pIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool + , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _pParameterName :: Maybe Text + , _pParameterValue :: Maybe Text + , _pSource :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Parameter' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'pAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pDataType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pParameterName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pParameterValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pSource' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +parameter :: Parameter +parameter = Parameter + { _pParameterName = Nothing + , _pParameterValue = Nothing + , _pDescription = Nothing + , _pSource = Nothing + , _pDataType = Nothing + , _pAllowedValues = Nothing + , _pIsModifiable = Nothing + , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing + } + +-- | The valid range of values for the parameter. +pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _pAllowedValues = a }) + +-- | The data type of the parameter. +pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDataType = lens _pDataType (\s a -> s { _pDataType = a }) + +-- | A description of the parameter. +pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDescription = lens _pDescription (\s a -> s { _pDescription = a }) + +-- | If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or +-- operational implications that prevent them from being changed. +pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) +pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _pIsModifiable = a }) + +-- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. +pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pMinimumEngineVersion = + lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _pMinimumEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The name of the parameter. +pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\s a -> s { _pParameterName = a }) + +-- | The value of the parameter. +pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\s a -> s { _pParameterValue = a }) + +-- | The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user". +pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pSource = lens _pSource (\s a -> s { _pSource = a }) + +instance FromXML Parameter where + parseXML x = Parameter + <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" + <*> x .@? "DataType" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" + <*> x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "ParameterName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterValue" + <*> x .@? "Source" + +instance ToQuery Parameter where + toQuery Parameter{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowedValues" =? _pAllowedValues + , "DataType" =? _pDataType + , "Description" =? _pDescription + , "IsModifiable" =? _pIsModifiable + , "MinimumEngineVersion" =? _pMinimumEngineVersion + , "ParameterName" =? _pParameterName + , "ParameterValue" =? _pParameterValue + , "Source" =? _pSource + ]